|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
|
54 };
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
57 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
58 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
59 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
65 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
66 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
67 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
68 #endif
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
70 /*
|
|
|
71 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
72 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
73 */
|
|
|
74 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
75 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
76 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
77 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
78 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
79
|
|
|
80 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
81 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
82 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
83 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
84 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
85 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
86 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
87 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
88 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
90 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
91 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
92 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
93 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
94 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
95 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
96 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
97 # endif
|
|
|
98 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
99 #endif
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /*
|
|
|
102 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
103 */
|
|
|
104 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
108 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
110 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
111 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
112 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
113 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
121 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
125 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
126 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
127 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
128 * end patterns.
|
|
|
129 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
130 *
|
|
|
131 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
132 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
133 */
|
|
|
134 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
135 {
|
|
|
136 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
137 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
138 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
139 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
140 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
141 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
142 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
143 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
144 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
145 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
146 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
147 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
148 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
149 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
150 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
151 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
153 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
154 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
155 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
156 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
157 */
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
159 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
160 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
161 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
162 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
165 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
166 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
167 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
179 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
180 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
182 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 /*
|
|
|
189 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
190 */
|
|
|
191 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
192 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 /*
|
|
|
199 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
200 */
|
|
|
201 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
202 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
203 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
204 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
221
|
207 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
210 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
211 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
212 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
213
|
|
|
214 /*
|
|
|
215 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
216 */
|
|
|
217 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
218 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
219 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
220
|
|
221
|
221 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
222
|
|
|
223 /*
|
|
|
224 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
225 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
226 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
227 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
228 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
229 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
230 */
|
|
|
231 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
232 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
233 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
234 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 /*
|
|
|
237 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
238 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
239 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
240 */
|
|
|
241 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 /*
|
|
|
244 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
245 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
246 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
247 */
|
|
|
248 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
249 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 /*
|
|
134
|
252 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
253 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
254 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
255 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
256 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
257 */
|
|
|
258 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
259 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
260 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
261 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 /*
|
|
7
|
264 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
265 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
266 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
267 */
|
|
|
268 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 /*
|
|
|
271 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
272 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
273 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
274 */
|
|
|
275 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
276 {
|
|
|
277 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
278 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
279 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
280 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
281 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
282 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
283 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
284 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
285 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
286 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
287 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
288 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
289 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
290 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
291 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
292 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
293 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
294 * pattern */
|
|
|
295 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
298 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
299 but contained groups */
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
301 /*
|
|
154
|
302 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
303 * very often.
|
|
|
304 */
|
|
|
305 typedef struct
|
|
|
306 {
|
|
|
307 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
308 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
309 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
310 if not allowed */
|
|
|
311 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
312 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
313 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
314 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
315 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 /*
|
|
7
|
318 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
319 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
320 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
321 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
322 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
323 */
|
|
|
324 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
325 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
326 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
327 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
328 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
329 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
330 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
331 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
332 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
333 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
337 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
338 */
|
|
|
339 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
340 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 /*
|
|
|
343 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
344 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
345 */
|
|
|
346 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
347 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
348 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
349 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
350 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
351 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
352 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
353 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
354 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
355 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
356 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
357 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
362 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
363 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
364 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
365 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
366 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
367 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
368 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
369 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
370 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
371 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
372 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
373 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
374 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
221
|
375 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
7
|
376 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
377 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
378 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
379 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
380 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
381 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
382 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
383 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
384 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
385 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
387 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
388 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
389 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
392 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
393 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
394 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
395 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
396 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
397 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
398 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
399 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
400 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
402 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
403 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
405 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
416 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
417 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
418 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
420 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
421 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
422 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
423 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
424 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
425 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
426 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
427 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
428 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
429 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
430 #else
|
|
|
431 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
432 #endif
|
|
|
433 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
434 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
435 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
436 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
437 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
438 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
439 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
440 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
441 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
442 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
443 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
445 /*
|
|
|
446 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
447 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
448 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
449 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
450 * window.
|
|
|
451 */
|
|
|
452 void
|
|
|
453 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
454 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
455 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
456 {
|
|
|
457 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
458 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
459 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
460 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
461 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
462 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
463 int dist;
|
|
26
|
464 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
465
|
|
|
466 /*
|
|
|
467 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
468 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
469 * then.
|
|
7
|
470 */
|
|
26
|
471 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
472 {
|
|
|
473 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
474 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
475 }
|
|
26
|
476 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
477 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 /*
|
|
|
480 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
481 */
|
|
|
482 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
483 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
484 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
485 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 /*
|
|
|
488 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
489 */
|
|
|
490 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
491 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
492 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
493 {
|
|
|
494 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
495 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
496 {
|
|
|
497 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
498 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
499 }
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 /*
|
|
|
502 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
503 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
504 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
505 */
|
|
|
506 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
507 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
508 }
|
|
|
509 else
|
|
|
510 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 /*
|
|
|
513 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
514 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
515 */
|
|
|
516 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
517 {
|
|
|
518 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
519 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
520 {
|
|
|
521 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
522 break;
|
|
|
523 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
524 {
|
|
|
525 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
526 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
527 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
528 }
|
|
|
529 }
|
|
|
530 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
531 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
532 }
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
534 /*
|
|
|
535 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
536 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
537 */
|
|
|
538 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
539 {
|
|
|
540 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
541 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
542 }
|
|
|
543 else
|
|
|
544 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 /*
|
|
|
547 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
548 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
549 */
|
|
|
550 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
551 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
552 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
553 {
|
|
|
554 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
555 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
556 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
559 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
560 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
561 {
|
|
|
562 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
563 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
564 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
565 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
566 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
567 else
|
|
|
568 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
569 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
570 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
571 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
574 prev = sp;
|
|
|
575 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
576 {
|
|
|
577 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
578 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
579 prev = sp;
|
|
|
580 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
581 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
582 break;
|
|
|
583 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
584 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
585 }
|
|
|
586 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
587 }
|
|
|
588 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
589 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
590 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
591 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
592 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
593 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
594 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
598 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
599 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
600 if (got_int)
|
|
|
601 {
|
|
|
602 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
603 break;
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605 }
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
608 }
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 /*
|
|
|
611 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
612 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
613 */
|
|
|
614 static void
|
|
|
615 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
616 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
617 {
|
|
|
618 int i;
|
|
|
619 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
622 {
|
|
|
623 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
624 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
625 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
626 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
627 }
|
|
|
628 else
|
|
|
629 {
|
|
|
630 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
631 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
632 }
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 /*
|
|
|
636 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
637 */
|
|
|
638 static void
|
|
|
639 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 int i;
|
|
|
642 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
645 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
646 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
647 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
648 }
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 /*
|
|
|
651 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
652 *
|
|
|
653 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
654 * used:
|
|
|
655 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
656 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
657 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
658 */
|
|
|
659 static void
|
|
|
660 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
661 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
662 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
663 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
664 {
|
|
|
665 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
666 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
667 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
668 int idx;
|
|
|
669 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
670 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
671 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
672 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
673 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
674 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
675 char_u *line;
|
|
|
676 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
677 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
678 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
679 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
680 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 /*
|
|
|
683 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
684 */
|
|
|
685 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 /*
|
|
|
688 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
689 * there.
|
|
|
690 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
691 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
692 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
693 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
694 */
|
|
|
695 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
696 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
697 else
|
|
|
698 {
|
|
|
699 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
700 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
701 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
702 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
703 else
|
|
|
704 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
705 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
706 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
707 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
708 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
709 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
710 else
|
|
|
711 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
715 /*
|
|
|
716 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
717 */
|
|
|
718 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
719 {
|
|
|
720 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
721 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
722 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
723 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
724 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
725 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
727 /*
|
|
|
728 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
729 */
|
|
|
730 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
731 {
|
|
|
732 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
733 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
734 break;
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
738 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
739 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
740 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
741 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
743 /*
|
|
|
744 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
745 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
746 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
747 */
|
|
|
748 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
749 {
|
|
|
750 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
751 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
752 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
753 {
|
|
|
754 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
755 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
756 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
757 break;
|
|
|
758 }
|
|
|
759 }
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
762 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
763 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
764 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
765 }
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 /*
|
|
|
768 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
769 */
|
|
|
770 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
771 {
|
|
|
772 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
773 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
774 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
775 else
|
|
|
776 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
778 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
779 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
780 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
783 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
784 if (got_int)
|
|
|
785 {
|
|
|
786 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
787 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
788 break;
|
|
|
789 }
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
792 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
795 break;
|
|
|
796 }
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
798 /*
|
|
|
799 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
800 */
|
|
|
801 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
802 continue;
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
804 /*
|
|
|
805 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
806 */
|
|
|
807 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
809 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
810 {
|
|
|
811 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
812 for (;;)
|
|
|
813 {
|
|
|
814 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
815 /*
|
|
|
816 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
817 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
818 */
|
|
|
819 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
820 {
|
|
|
821 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
822 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
823 {
|
|
|
824 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
825 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
826 break;
|
|
|
827 }
|
|
|
828 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
829 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
830 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
831 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
832 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
833 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
834 /*
|
|
|
835 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
836 * match).
|
|
|
837 */
|
|
|
838 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
841 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
842 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
843 break;
|
|
|
844 }
|
|
|
845 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
846 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
847 else
|
|
|
848 ++current_col;
|
|
|
849
|
|
|
850 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
|
851 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
852 ++current_col;
|
|
|
853 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
854 --current_col;
|
|
|
855 }
|
|
|
856 else
|
|
|
857 break;
|
|
|
858 }
|
|
|
859 }
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 /*
|
|
|
862 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
863 */
|
|
|
864 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
865 {
|
|
|
866 /*
|
|
|
867 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
868 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
869 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
870 */
|
|
|
871 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
872 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
873 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
874 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 /*
|
|
|
877 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
878 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
879 * the next line.
|
|
|
880 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
881 */
|
|
|
882 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
883 {
|
|
|
884 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
887 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
888 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
889 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
890 check_keepend();
|
|
|
891 }
|
|
|
892 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
893 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
894 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
895 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
896 }
|
|
|
897 else
|
|
|
898 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 break;
|
|
|
901 }
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
904 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
905 }
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
908 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
909 {
|
|
|
910 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
911 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
912 }
|
|
|
913 }
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
915 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
916 }
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 /*
|
|
|
919 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
920 */
|
|
|
921 static int
|
|
|
922 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
923 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
924 {
|
|
|
925 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
928 {
|
|
|
929 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
930 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
931 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
932 }
|
|
|
933 return FALSE;
|
|
|
934 }
|
|
|
935
|
|
|
936 /*
|
|
|
937 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
938 */
|
|
|
939 static void
|
|
|
940 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
941 {
|
|
|
942 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
943 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 /*
|
|
|
946 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
947 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
948 */
|
|
|
949 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
950 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
953 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
954 }
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
956 /*
|
|
|
957 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
958 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
959 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
960 */
|
|
|
961 static void
|
|
|
962 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
963 int startofline;
|
|
|
964 {
|
|
|
965 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
966 int i;
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 if (startofline)
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
|
970 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
971 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
972 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
973 {
|
|
|
974 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
975 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
976 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
977 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
978 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
979 {
|
|
|
980 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
981 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
982 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
983 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
984 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
985 }
|
|
|
986 }
|
|
|
987 }
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 /*
|
|
|
990 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
991 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
992 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
993 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
994 */
|
|
|
995 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
996 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
997 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
998 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
999 break;
|
|
|
1000 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1001 {
|
|
|
1002 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1003 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
1004 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1005 {
|
|
|
1006 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1007 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1008
|
|
|
1009 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1010 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
1011 }
|
|
|
1012 }
|
|
|
1013 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1014 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1015 }
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 /****************************************
|
|
|
1018 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1019 */
|
|
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 /*
|
|
|
1022 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1023 *
|
|
|
1024 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1025 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1026 *
|
|
|
1027 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1028 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1029 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1030 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1031 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1032 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1033 *
|
|
|
1034 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1035 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1036 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1037 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1038 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1039 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1040 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1041 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1042 *
|
|
|
1043 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1044 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1045 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1046 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1047 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1048 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1049 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1050 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1051 */
|
|
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 /*
|
|
|
1054 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1055 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1056 */
|
|
|
1057 void
|
|
|
1058 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1059 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1062 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1063
|
|
|
1064 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1065 {
|
|
|
1066 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1067 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1068 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1069 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1070 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1071 }
|
|
|
1072 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1073 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1074 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1075 {
|
|
|
1076 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1077 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1078 }
|
|
|
1079 #endif
|
|
|
1080 }
|
|
|
1081
|
|
|
1082 /*
|
|
|
1083 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1084 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1085 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1086 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1087 */
|
|
|
1088 static void
|
|
|
1089 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1090 {
|
|
|
1091 long len;
|
|
|
1092 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1093 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1096 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1097 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1098 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1099 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1100 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1101 {
|
|
|
1102 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1103 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1104 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1105 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1106 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1107 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1108 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1109
|
|
|
1110 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1111 {
|
|
|
1112 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1113 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1114 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1115 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1116 ;
|
|
|
1117 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1118 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1119 }
|
|
|
1120
|
|
|
1121 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1122 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1123 return;
|
|
|
1124
|
|
|
1125 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1126 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1127 {
|
|
|
1128 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1129 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1130 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1131 {
|
|
|
1132 ++to;
|
|
|
1133 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1134 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1135 }
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1138 {
|
|
|
1139 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1140 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1141 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1142 }
|
|
|
1143 else
|
|
|
1144 {
|
|
|
1145 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1146 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1147 }
|
|
|
1148
|
|
|
1149 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1150 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1151 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1152 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1153 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1156 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1157 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1158 }
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
|
1160
|
|
|
1161 /*
|
|
|
1162 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1163 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1164 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1165 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1166 */
|
|
|
1167 void
|
|
|
1168 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1169 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1170 {
|
|
|
1171 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1172 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1175 return;
|
|
|
1176
|
|
|
1177 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1178 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
383
|
1180 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1183 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1184 {
|
|
|
1185 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1186 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1187 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1188 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1189 else
|
|
|
1190 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1191 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1192 p = np;
|
|
|
1193 continue;
|
|
|
1194 }
|
|
|
1195 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1196 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1197 * again. */
|
|
|
1198 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1199 {
|
|
|
1200 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1201 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1202 else
|
|
|
1203 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1206 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1207 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1210 }
|
|
|
1211 prev = p;
|
|
|
1212 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1213 }
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215
|
|
|
1216 /*
|
|
|
1217 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1218 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1219 */
|
|
|
1220 static int
|
|
|
1221 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1222 {
|
|
|
1223 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1224 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1225 int above;
|
|
|
1226 int dist;
|
|
|
1227 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1230 return retval;
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1233 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 /*
|
|
|
1236 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1237 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1238 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1239 */
|
|
|
1240 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1241 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1242 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1243 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1246 {
|
|
|
1247 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1248 {
|
|
|
1249 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1250 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1251 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1252 }
|
|
|
1253 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1254 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1255 }
|
|
|
1256 }
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 /*
|
|
|
1259 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1260 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1261 */
|
|
|
1262 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1263 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1266 {
|
|
|
1267 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1268 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1269 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1270 p = prev;
|
|
|
1271 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1272 }
|
|
|
1273 }
|
|
|
1274 return retval;
|
|
|
1275 }
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 /*
|
|
|
1278 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1279 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1280 */
|
|
|
1281 static void
|
|
|
1282 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1283 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1284 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1285 {
|
|
|
1286 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1287 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1288 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1289 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 /*
|
|
|
1293 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1294 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1295 */
|
|
|
1296 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1297 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1298 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1299 {
|
|
|
1300 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1303 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1304 {
|
|
|
1305 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1306 return p;
|
|
|
1307 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1308 break;
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310 return prev;
|
|
|
1311 }
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 /*
|
|
|
1314 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1315 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1316 */
|
|
|
1317 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1318 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1319 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1320 NULL */
|
|
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 int i;
|
|
|
1323 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1324 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1325 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1328 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 /*
|
|
|
1331 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1332 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1333 */
|
|
|
1334 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1337 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1338 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1339 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1340 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1341 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1342 break;
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1347 {
|
|
|
1348 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1349 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1350 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1351 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1352 else
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1355 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1356 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1357 break;
|
|
|
1358 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1359 }
|
|
|
1360 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1361 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1362 }
|
|
|
1363 }
|
|
|
1364 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 /*
|
|
|
1367 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1368 */
|
|
|
1369 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1370 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1373 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1374 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1375 }
|
|
|
1376 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1377 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1378 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1379 else
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1382 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1383 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1384 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1385 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1386 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1387 {
|
|
|
1388 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1389 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1390 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392 else
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1395 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1396 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1397 }
|
|
|
1398 sp = p;
|
|
|
1399 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1400 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1404 {
|
|
|
1405 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1406 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1407 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1408 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1409 {
|
|
|
1410 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1411 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1412 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1413 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1414 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1415 else
|
|
|
1416 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1417 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1418 }
|
|
|
1419 else
|
|
|
1420 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1421 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1424 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1425 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1428 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1429 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1430 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1433 return sp;
|
|
|
1434 }
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 /*
|
|
|
1437 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1438 */
|
|
|
1439 static void
|
|
|
1440 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1441 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1442 {
|
|
|
1443 int i;
|
|
|
1444 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1447 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1448 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1449 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1450 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1453 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1454 else
|
|
|
1455 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1456 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1457 {
|
|
|
1458 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1459 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1460 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1461 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1462 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1463 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1464 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1465 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1466 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1467 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1468 else
|
|
|
1469 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1470 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1471 }
|
|
|
1472 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1473 }
|
|
|
1474 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1475 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1476 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1477 }
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
1479 /*
|
|
|
1480 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1481 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1482 */
|
|
|
1483 static int
|
|
|
1484 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1485 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1486 {
|
|
|
1487 int i, j;
|
|
|
1488 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1489 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1492 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1493 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1494 {
|
|
|
1495 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1496 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1497 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1498 else
|
|
|
1499 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1502 {
|
|
|
1503 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1504 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1505 break;
|
|
|
1506 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1507 {
|
|
|
1508 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1509 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1510 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1511 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1512 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1513 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1514 * different. */
|
|
|
1515 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1516 break;
|
|
|
1517 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1518 {
|
|
|
1519 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1520 * equal. */
|
|
|
1521 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1522 {
|
|
|
1523 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1524 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1525 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1526 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1527 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1528 break;
|
|
|
1529 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1530 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1531 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1532 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1533 break;
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1537 break;
|
|
|
1538 }
|
|
|
1539 }
|
|
|
1540 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1541 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1542 }
|
|
|
1543 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 /*
|
|
|
1547 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1548 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1549 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1550 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1551 * line which changed
|
|
|
1552 * displayed line
|
|
|
1553 * displayed line
|
|
|
1554 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1555 */
|
|
|
1556 void
|
|
|
1557 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1558 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1559 {
|
|
|
1560 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1563 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1564 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1567 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 /*
|
|
|
1571 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1572 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1573
|
|
|
1574 static void
|
|
|
1575 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1576 {
|
|
|
1577 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1578 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1579 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1580 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1581 }
|
|
|
1582
|
|
|
1583 static void
|
|
|
1584 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1587 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 /*
|
|
|
1591 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1592 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1593 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1594 */
|
|
|
1595 int
|
|
|
1596 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1597 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1600 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 /*
|
|
|
1603 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1604 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1605 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1606 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1607 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1608 */
|
|
|
1609 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1610 {
|
|
|
1611 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1612 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1613 {
|
|
|
1614 /*
|
|
|
1615 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1616 * drawn)
|
|
|
1617 */
|
|
|
1618 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 /*
|
|
|
1621 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1622 * the line.
|
|
|
1623 */
|
|
|
1624 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1625 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /*
|
|
|
1628 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1629 */
|
|
|
1630 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1631 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1632 }
|
|
|
1633 }
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 return retval;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /*
|
|
|
1639 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1640 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1641 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1642 * is valid.
|
|
|
1643 */
|
|
|
1644 static int
|
|
|
1645 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1646 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1647 {
|
|
|
1648 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
221
|
1654 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
1655 /*
|
|
|
1656 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1657 */
|
|
|
1658 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
|
1660 /*
|
|
|
1661 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1662 */
|
|
|
1663 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1664 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1665 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1666 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1667 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
|
1670 * that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
1671 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1672 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1673 --current_col;
|
|
|
1674 }
|
|
|
1675 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1676 }
|
|
|
1677 }
|
|
|
1678 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1679 }
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 /*
|
|
|
1682 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1683 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1684 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1685 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1686 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1687 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1688 * done.
|
|
7
|
1689 */
|
|
|
1690 int
|
|
221
|
1691 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1692 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1693 int *can_spell;
|
|
7
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1698 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1699 return 0;
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1702 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1703 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1704
|
|
|
1705 /*
|
|
|
1706 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1707 */
|
|
|
1708 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1709 {
|
|
221
|
1710 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
7
|
1711 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 return attr;
|
|
|
1715 }
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 /*
|
|
|
1718 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1719 */
|
|
|
1720 static int
|
|
221
|
1721 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
7
|
1722 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1723 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1724 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
1725 {
|
|
|
1726 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1727 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1728 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1729 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1730 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1731 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1732 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1733 int idx;
|
|
|
1734 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1735 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1736 int startcol;
|
|
|
1737 int endcol;
|
|
|
1738 long flags;
|
|
|
1739 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1740 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1741 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1742 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1743 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1744 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1745 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1746 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1747 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1748 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1751 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1752 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1753 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 /*
|
|
|
1756 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1757 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1758 */
|
|
|
1759 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1760 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1761 {
|
|
|
1762 /*
|
|
|
1763 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1764 */
|
|
|
1765 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1766 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1767 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1770 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1771 return 0;
|
|
|
1772 }
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1775 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1776 {
|
|
|
1777 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1778 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1779 }
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 /*
|
|
|
1782 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1783 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1784 * the next column.
|
|
|
1785 */
|
|
|
1786 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1787 {
|
|
|
1788 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1789 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1790 }
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1793 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1794 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1795 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1798 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1799 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 /*
|
|
|
1802 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1803 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1804 * column.
|
|
|
1805 */
|
|
|
1806 do
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
|
1808 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1809 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1810 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 /*
|
|
|
1813 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1814 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1815 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1816 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1817 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1818 */
|
|
|
1819 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1820 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1821 else
|
|
|
1822 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1825 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1826 {
|
|
|
1827 /*
|
|
|
1828 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1829 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1830 */
|
|
|
1831 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1832 {
|
|
|
1833 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1834 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1835 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1836 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1837 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1838 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1839 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1840 : 0)
|
|
|
1841 #endif
|
|
|
1842 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1843 {
|
|
|
1844 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1845 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1846 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1847 {
|
|
|
1848 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1849 {
|
|
|
1850 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1851 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1852 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1853 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1854 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1855 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1856 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1857 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1858 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1859 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1860 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1861 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1862 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1863 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1864 {
|
|
|
1865 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1868 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1869 }
|
|
|
1870 else
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1873 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1874 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1875 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 else
|
|
|
1879 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1880 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1881 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1882 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1883 }
|
|
|
1884 else
|
|
|
1885 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887 }
|
|
|
1888 }
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 /*
|
|
205
|
1891 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1892 */
|
|
|
1893 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1894 {
|
|
|
1895 /*
|
|
|
1896 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1897 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1898 */
|
|
|
1899 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1900 {
|
|
|
1901 /*
|
|
|
1902 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1903 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1904 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1905 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1906 */
|
|
|
1907 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1908 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1909 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1912 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1913 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1914 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1915 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1916 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1917 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1918 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1919 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1920 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1921 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1922 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1923 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1924 {
|
|
|
1925 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1926 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1927 * this item. */
|
|
|
1928 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1929 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1930 continue;
|
|
|
1931 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1934 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1935 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1938 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1939 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1940 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1941 {
|
|
|
1942 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1943 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1944 continue;
|
|
|
1945 }
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 /*
|
|
|
1948 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1949 */
|
|
|
1950 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1951 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1952 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1953 {
|
|
|
1954 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1955 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1956 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1957 continue;
|
|
|
1958 }
|
|
|
1959 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1962 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1963 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 /*
|
|
|
1966 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1967 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1968 */
|
|
|
1969 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1970 continue;
|
|
|
1971
|
|
|
1972 /*
|
|
|
1973 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1974 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
1975 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
1976 */
|
|
|
1977 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
|
1979 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
1980 continue;
|
|
|
1981 }
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
1984 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
1987 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
1988 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
1991 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
1992 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1993 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 /*
|
|
|
1996 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
1997 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
1998 */
|
|
|
1999 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2000 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2001 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2004 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2005 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2006 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2007 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 /*
|
|
|
2010 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2011 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2012 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2013 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2014 */
|
|
|
2015 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2016 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2021 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2022 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2023 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2024 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2025 }
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 /*
|
|
|
2028 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2029 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2030 * syncing.
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2033 {
|
|
|
2034 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2035 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2036 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2037 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2038 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2039 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2040 {
|
|
|
2041 /*
|
|
|
2042 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2043 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2044 */
|
|
|
2045 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2046 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2047 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2048 continue;
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
|
2050 }
|
|
|
2051
|
|
|
2052 /*
|
|
|
2053 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2054 */
|
|
|
2055 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2056 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2057 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2058 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2059 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2060 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2063 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2064 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2065 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2066 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2067 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2068 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2069 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2070 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2071 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2072 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2073 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2074 }
|
|
|
2075 }
|
|
|
2076 }
|
|
|
2077
|
|
|
2078 /*
|
|
|
2079 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2080 */
|
|
|
2081 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2082 {
|
|
|
2083 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2084
|
|
|
2085 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2086 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2087 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2088 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2089 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2090 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
|
2092 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2093 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2094 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2095 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2098 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2099 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2100 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2101 {
|
|
|
2102 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2103 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2104 }
|
|
|
2105 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2106 }
|
|
|
2107 else
|
|
|
2108 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2109 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2110 }
|
|
|
2111 }
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 /*
|
|
|
2115 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2116 */
|
|
|
2117 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2118 {
|
|
|
2119 /*
|
|
|
2120 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2121 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2122 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2123 */
|
|
|
2124 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2125 {
|
|
|
2126 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2127 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2128 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2129 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2130 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2131 break;
|
|
|
2132 }
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 /*
|
|
|
2135 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2136 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2137 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2138 * match.
|
|
|
2139 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2140 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2141 */
|
|
|
2142 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2143 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2144 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2145 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2149
|
|
|
2150 /*
|
|
|
2151 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2152 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2153 */
|
|
|
2154 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2155 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2156 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2157 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2158 #endif
|
|
|
2159 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2160 {
|
|
221
|
2161 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2162 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2163 #endif
|
|
7
|
2164 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2167 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2168 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2169 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2170 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2171 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2172 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2173 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2174 {
|
|
|
2175 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2176 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2177 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2178 #endif
|
|
7
|
2179 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2180 break;
|
|
|
2181 }
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
|
2183
|
|
221
|
2184 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2185 {
|
|
|
2186 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2190 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2191 */
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2194 {
|
|
320
|
2195 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2196 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2197 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
|
2198 *can_spell = TRUE;
|
|
|
2199 else
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2202 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2203 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2204 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2205 }
|
|
|
2206 }
|
|
221
|
2207 else
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
320
|
2209 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
|
2210 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there. */
|
|
|
2211 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
|
2212 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2213 else
|
|
|
2214 {
|
|
|
2215 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2216 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2217 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2218 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2219
|
|
|
2220 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2221 {
|
|
|
2222 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2223 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2224 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
|
2226 }
|
|
221
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228 }
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230
|
|
7
|
2231 /*
|
|
|
2232 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2233 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2234 * single character match.
|
|
|
2235 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2236 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2237 * current column.
|
|
|
2238 */
|
|
|
2239 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2240 {
|
|
|
2241 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2242 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
|
2244 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2245 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2246 --current_col;
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
221
|
2250 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2251 /* Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster. */
|
|
|
2252 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0);
|
|
7
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2255 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2256 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2257 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2258 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2261 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2264 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2265 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2266 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 /*
|
|
|
2273 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2274 */
|
|
|
2275 static int
|
|
|
2276 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2277 int idx;
|
|
|
2278 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2279 {
|
|
|
2280 int i;
|
|
|
2281
|
|
|
2282 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2283 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2284 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2285 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2286 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2289 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2290 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2291 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2292 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 /*
|
|
|
2298 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2299 */
|
|
|
2300 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2301 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2302 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 /*
|
|
|
2309 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2310 */
|
|
|
2311 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 /*
|
|
|
2314 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2315 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2316 */
|
|
|
2317 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2318 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2319 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2320 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2321 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2322 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2323 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2324 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2327 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2328 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2329 }
|
|
|
2330 else
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2333 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2334 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2335 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2336 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2337 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2340 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2341 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2342 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
|
2345 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2346 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2347 */
|
|
|
2348 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2349 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2350 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2353 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2354 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2355 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2356 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2357 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2358 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2359 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2360 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2361 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2362 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2363 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365 }
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2370 }
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 /*
|
|
|
2373 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2374 */
|
|
|
2375 static void
|
|
|
2376 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2377 {
|
|
|
2378 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2379 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2382 for (;;)
|
|
|
2383 {
|
|
|
2384 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2385 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2386 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2387 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2388 {
|
|
|
2389 /*
|
|
|
2390 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2391 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2392 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2393 * position.
|
|
|
2394 */
|
|
|
2395 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2396 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2397 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2398 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2401 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2402 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2403 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2404 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2405 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2408 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2409 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2410 break;
|
|
|
2411 }
|
|
|
2412 else
|
|
|
2413 {
|
|
|
2414 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2415 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2416 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2417 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2418 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2419 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2420 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2423 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2424 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2425 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2426
|
|
|
2427 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2430 break;
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
|
2434 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2435 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2436 break;
|
|
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2440
|
|
|
2441 /*
|
|
|
2442 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2443 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2444 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2445 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2446 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2447 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2448 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2449 */
|
|
|
2450 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2451 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2452 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2453 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2454 {
|
|
|
2455 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2456 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2457 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2458 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2459 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2460 break;
|
|
|
2461 }
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463 }
|
|
|
2464 else
|
|
|
2465 break;
|
|
|
2466 }
|
|
|
2467 }
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /*
|
|
|
2470 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2471 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2472 */
|
|
|
2473 static void
|
|
|
2474 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2475 int idx;
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2478 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2479
|
|
|
2480 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2481 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2482 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2483 else
|
|
|
2484 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2485 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2486 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2487 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2488 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2489 else
|
|
|
2490 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2491
|
|
|
2492 /*
|
|
|
2493 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2494 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2495 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2496 */
|
|
|
2497 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2498 {
|
|
|
2499 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2502 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2503 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2504 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506 else
|
|
|
2507 {
|
|
|
2508 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2509 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2510 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2511 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2512 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2515 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 }
|
|
|
2518 }
|
|
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 /*
|
|
|
2522 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2523 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2524 */
|
|
|
2525 static void
|
|
|
2526 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 int i;
|
|
|
2529 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2530 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2531
|
|
|
2532 /*
|
|
|
2533 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2534 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2535 */
|
|
|
2536 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2537 return;
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 /*
|
|
|
2540 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2541 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2542 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2543 */
|
|
|
2544 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2545 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2546 break;
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2549 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2552 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2553 {
|
|
|
2554 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2555 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2556 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2557 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2558 }
|
|
|
2559 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2560 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2561 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2562 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2563 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2564 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2565 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567 }
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 /*
|
|
|
2570 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2571 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2572 *
|
|
|
2573 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2574 */
|
|
|
2575 static void
|
|
|
2576 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2577 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2578 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2579 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2582 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2583 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2584 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2585 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2586
|
|
|
2587 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2588 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2589 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2590 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2591 return;
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 /*
|
|
|
2594 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2595 * line.
|
|
|
2596 */
|
|
|
2597 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2598 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2599 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2600 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2601 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2606 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
|
2608 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2609 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2610 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2611 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613 else
|
|
|
2614 {
|
|
|
2615 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2616 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2617 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2618 }
|
|
|
2619 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2620 }
|
|
|
2621 else
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2624 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2625 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2626 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2627 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2628 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 /*
|
|
|
2633 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2634 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2635 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2636 */
|
|
|
2637 static int
|
|
|
2638 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2639 int idx;
|
|
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2642 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2643 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2644 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2645 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2646 return OK;
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 /*
|
|
|
2650 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2651 */
|
|
|
2652 static void
|
|
|
2653 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2658 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2661 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2664 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2665 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2666 }
|
|
|
2667
|
|
|
2668 /*
|
|
|
2669 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2670 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2671 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2672 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2673 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2674 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2675 * computed.
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 static void
|
|
|
2678 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2679 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2680 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2681 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2682 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2683 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2684 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2685 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2686 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2687 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2690 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2691 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2692 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2693 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2694 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2695 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2696 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2697 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 /*
|
|
|
2700 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2701 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2702 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2703 */
|
|
|
2704 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2705 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2708 return;
|
|
|
2709 }
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 /*
|
|
|
2712 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2713 */
|
|
|
2714 for (;;)
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2717 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2718 break;
|
|
|
2719 ++idx;
|
|
|
2720 }
|
|
|
2721
|
|
|
2722 /*
|
|
|
2723 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2724 */
|
|
|
2725 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2726 {
|
|
|
2727 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2728 ++idx;
|
|
|
2729 }
|
|
|
2730 else
|
|
|
2731 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2734 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2735 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2738 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2739 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2740 for (;;)
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 /*
|
|
|
2743 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2744 */
|
|
|
2745 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2746 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2751 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2752 break;
|
|
|
2753 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2754 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2755 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2758 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2759 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2760 {
|
|
|
2761 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2762 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2765 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2766 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2767 }
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 }
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 /*
|
|
|
2772 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2773 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2774 */
|
|
|
2775 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2776 break;
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 /*
|
|
|
2779 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2780 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2781 */
|
|
|
2782 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2783 {
|
|
|
2784 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2787 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2788 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2789 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2790 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2791 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2792 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2793 {
|
|
|
2794 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2795 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2798 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2799 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2800 break;
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2803
|
|
|
2804 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2805 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2806 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2807 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2808 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2809 else
|
|
|
2810 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2811 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2812 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2813 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2814 ;
|
|
|
2815
|
|
|
2816 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2817 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2818 break;
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 }
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 /*
|
|
|
2825 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2826 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2827 */
|
|
|
2828 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2829 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2830 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2831 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2832 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2835 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2836 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2837 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2838 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2839 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2840 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 /*
|
|
|
2843 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2844 */
|
|
|
2845 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2846 {
|
|
|
2847 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2848 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2851 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853 else
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2856 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2861 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2862 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2863 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2864 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2867 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2868 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2869 }
|
|
|
2870 else
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2873 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2879 break;
|
|
|
2880 }
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2883 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2884 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2885
|
|
|
2886 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2887 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2888 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2889 }
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 /*
|
|
|
2892 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2893 */
|
|
|
2894 static void
|
|
|
2895 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2896 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2897 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2898 {
|
|
|
2899 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2900 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2901 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2902 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 /*
|
|
|
2906 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2907 */
|
|
|
2908 static void
|
|
|
2909 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2910 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2911 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2912 {
|
|
|
2913 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2914 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2915 else
|
|
|
2916 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2917 }
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 /*
|
|
|
2920 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2921 */
|
|
|
2922 static void
|
|
|
2923 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2924 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2925 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2926 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2927 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2928 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2929 {
|
|
|
2930 int col;
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2933 {
|
|
|
2934 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2935 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2936 }
|
|
|
2937 else
|
|
|
2938 {
|
|
|
2939 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2940 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2943 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2944 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2945 else
|
|
|
2946 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2947 }
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /*
|
|
|
2950 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2951 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2952 */
|
|
|
2953 static void
|
|
|
2954 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2955 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2956 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2957 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2958 int idx;
|
|
|
2959 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 int col;
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2966 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968 else
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2971 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2974 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2975 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2976 else
|
|
|
2977 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 /*
|
|
|
2981 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
2982 */
|
|
|
2983 static char_u *
|
|
|
2984 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2987 }
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 /*
|
|
410
|
2990 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
2991 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
2992 */
|
|
|
2993 static int
|
|
|
2994 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
2995 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
2996 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2997 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2998 {
|
|
410
|
2999 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
7
|
3000 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
3001 {
|
|
|
3002 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3003 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3004 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3005 }
|
|
|
3006 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3007 }
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 /*
|
|
|
3010 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3011 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3012 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3013 */
|
|
|
3014 static int
|
|
|
3015 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3016 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3017 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3018 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3019 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3020 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3021 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
134
|
3023 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3024 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3025 int round;
|
|
134
|
3026 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3027 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3028 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3029 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3030
|
|
|
3031 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3032 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3033 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3034 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3035 do
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3038 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
134
|
3039 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3040 else
|
|
|
3041 #endif
|
|
134
|
3042 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3047 return 0;
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 /*
|
|
|
3050 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3051 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3052 */
|
|
134
|
3053 STRNCPY(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
|
3054 keyword[kwlen] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 /*
|
|
|
3057 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3058 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3059 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3060 */
|
|
|
3061 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
134
|
3063 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3064 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3065 continue;
|
|
134
|
3066 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3067 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 /*
|
|
134
|
3070 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3071 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3072 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3073 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3074 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3075 */
|
|
134
|
3076 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3077 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3078 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3079 {
|
|
134
|
3080 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3081 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3082 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3083 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3084 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3085 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3088 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3089 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3090 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3091 }
|
|
7
|
3092 }
|
|
|
3093 }
|
|
|
3094 return 0;
|
|
|
3095 }
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /*
|
|
|
3098 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3099 */
|
|
|
3100 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3101 static void
|
|
|
3102 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3103 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3104 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
|
3106 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3107 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3110 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3111 return;
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3114 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3115 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3116 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3117 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3118 else
|
|
|
3119 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 /*
|
|
|
3123 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3124 */
|
|
|
3125 void
|
|
|
3126 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3127 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 int i;
|
|
|
3130
|
|
294
|
3131 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
|
3132 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3133
|
|
|
3134 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3135 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3136 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3139 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3140 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3141 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3144 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3145 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3146 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3147 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3148 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3151 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3152 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3153 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3154
|
|
|
3155 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3156 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3157 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3158 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3159 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3160 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3161 #endif
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3164 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3165 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3166 }
|
|
|
3167
|
|
|
3168 /*
|
|
|
3169 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3170 */
|
|
|
3171 static void
|
|
|
3172 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3173 {
|
|
|
3174 int i;
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3177 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3178 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3179 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3180
|
|
|
3181 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3182 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3183 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3184 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3185
|
|
|
3186 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3187 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3188 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3189 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3192 }
|
|
|
3193
|
|
|
3194 /*
|
|
|
3195 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3196 */
|
|
|
3197 static void
|
|
|
3198 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3199 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3200 int idx;
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3205 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3206 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3207 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3208 #endif
|
|
|
3209 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3210 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3211 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3212 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 /*
|
|
|
3216 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3217 * last to first!
|
|
|
3218 */
|
|
|
3219 static void
|
|
|
3220 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3221 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3222 int i;
|
|
|
3223 {
|
|
|
3224 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3225 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3226 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3227 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3228 {
|
|
|
3229 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3230 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232 }
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 /*
|
|
|
3235 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3236 */
|
|
|
3237 static void
|
|
|
3238 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3239 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3240 int i;
|
|
|
3241 {
|
|
|
3242 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3243 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3244 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3245 }
|
|
|
3246
|
|
|
3247 /*
|
|
|
3248 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3249 */
|
|
|
3250 static void
|
|
|
3251 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3252 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3253 int syncing;
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3256 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3257 int id;
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3260 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3261 return;
|
|
|
3262
|
|
|
3263 /*
|
|
|
3264 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3265 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3266 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3267 * clear".
|
|
|
3268 */
|
|
|
3269 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3270 return;
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3273 {
|
|
|
3274 /*
|
|
|
3275 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3276 */
|
|
|
3277 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3278 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3279 else
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3282 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3283 }
|
|
|
3284 }
|
|
|
3285 else
|
|
|
3286 {
|
|
|
3287 /*
|
|
|
3288 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3289 */
|
|
|
3290 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
|
3292 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3293 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
|
3295 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3296 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3297 {
|
|
|
3298 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3299 break;
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301 else
|
|
|
3302 {
|
|
|
3303 /*
|
|
|
3304 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3305 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3306 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3307 */
|
|
|
3308 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3311 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313 }
|
|
|
3314 else
|
|
|
3315 {
|
|
|
3316 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3317 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3318 {
|
|
|
3319 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3320 break;
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322 else
|
|
|
3323 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3324 }
|
|
|
3325 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3326 }
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3329 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3330 }
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 /*
|
|
|
3333 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3334 */
|
|
|
3335 static void
|
|
|
3336 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3337 int id;
|
|
|
3338 int syncing;
|
|
|
3339 {
|
|
|
3340 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3341 int idx;
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3344 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
134
|
3346 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3347 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3351 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3352 {
|
|
|
3353 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3354 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3355 continue;
|
|
|
3356 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3357 }
|
|
|
3358 }
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 /*
|
|
|
3361 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3362 */
|
|
|
3363 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3364 static void
|
|
|
3365 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3366 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3367 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3368 {
|
|
|
3369 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3370 }
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 /*
|
|
|
3373 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3374 */
|
|
|
3375 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3376 static void
|
|
|
3377 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3378 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3379 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3382 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3383 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3384 }
|
|
|
3385
|
|
|
3386 /*
|
|
|
3387 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3388 */
|
|
|
3389 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3390 static void
|
|
|
3391 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3392 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3393 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3396 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3397 {
|
|
|
3398 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3399 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3400 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3401 }
|
|
|
3402 }
|
|
|
3403
|
|
|
3404 /*
|
|
|
3405 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3406 */
|
|
|
3407 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3408 static void
|
|
|
3409 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3410 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3411 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3412 {
|
|
|
3413 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3414 }
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
3416 /*
|
|
|
3417 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3418 */
|
|
|
3419 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3420 static void
|
|
|
3421 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3422 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3423 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3426 }
|
|
|
3427
|
|
|
3428 static void
|
|
|
3429 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3430 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3431 char *name;
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
|
3433 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3434
|
|
|
3435 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3436 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
|
3438 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3439 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3440 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 /*
|
|
|
3445 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3446 */
|
|
|
3447 static void
|
|
|
3448 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3449 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3450 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3451 {
|
|
|
3452 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3453 int id;
|
|
|
3454 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3457 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3458 return;
|
|
|
3459
|
|
|
3460 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3463 return;
|
|
|
3464 }
|
|
|
3465
|
|
|
3466 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3467 {
|
|
|
3468 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3469 {
|
|
|
3470 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3471 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3472 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3473 return;
|
|
|
3474 }
|
|
|
3475 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3478 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3479 else
|
|
|
3480 {
|
|
|
3481 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3482 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3483 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3484 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3485 }
|
|
|
3486 return;
|
|
|
3487 }
|
|
|
3488 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3489 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3490 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3491 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
|
3493 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3494 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3495 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3496 }
|
|
|
3497 }
|
|
|
3498 else
|
|
|
3499 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3500 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3501 {
|
|
|
3502 /*
|
|
|
3503 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3504 */
|
|
|
3505 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3506 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3507 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3508 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3509 }
|
|
|
3510 else
|
|
|
3511 {
|
|
|
3512 /*
|
|
|
3513 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3514 */
|
|
|
3515 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3516 {
|
|
|
3517 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3518 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3519 {
|
|
|
3520 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3521 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3522 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3523 else
|
|
|
3524 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3525 }
|
|
|
3526 else
|
|
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3529 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3530 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3531 else
|
|
|
3532 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3533 }
|
|
|
3534 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3535 }
|
|
|
3536 }
|
|
|
3537 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539
|
|
|
3540 static void
|
|
|
3541 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3542 {
|
|
|
3543 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3546 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3547 {
|
|
|
3548 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3549 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3550 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3551 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3552 }
|
|
|
3553 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3556 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3557 }
|
|
|
3558 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3559 }
|
|
|
3560 }
|
|
|
3561
|
|
|
3562 static void
|
|
|
3563 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
|
3565 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3568 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3569 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 struct name_list
|
|
|
3576 {
|
|
|
3577 int flag;
|
|
|
3578 char *name;
|
|
|
3579 };
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 /*
|
|
|
3584 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3585 */
|
|
|
3586 static void
|
|
|
3587 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3588 int id;
|
|
|
3589 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3590 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 int attr;
|
|
|
3593 int idx;
|
|
|
3594 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3595 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3596 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3597 {
|
|
|
3598 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3599 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3600 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3601 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3602 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3603 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3604 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3605 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3606 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3607 };
|
|
|
3608 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3609 {
|
|
|
3610 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3611 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3612 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3613 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3614 };
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3619 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3620 {
|
|
134
|
3621 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3622 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3623 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3624 }
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3627 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3628 {
|
|
|
3629 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3630 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3631 continue;
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3634 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3635 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3636 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3637 {
|
|
|
3638 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3639 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3640 }
|
|
|
3641 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3642 {
|
|
|
3643 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3644 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3645 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3646 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3647 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3648 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3649 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3650 --idx;
|
|
|
3651 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3652 }
|
|
|
3653 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3656 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3657
|
|
|
3658 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3659 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3660 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3663 {
|
|
|
3664 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3665 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3666 }
|
|
|
3667 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3668 {
|
|
|
3669 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3670 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3671 else
|
|
|
3672 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3673 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3674 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3675 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3676 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3677 else
|
|
|
3678 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3679 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3680 }
|
|
|
3681 }
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3684 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3685 {
|
|
|
3686 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3687 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3688 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3689 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3690 }
|
|
|
3691 }
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 static void
|
|
|
3694 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3695 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3696 int flags;
|
|
|
3697 int attr;
|
|
|
3698 {
|
|
|
3699 int i;
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3702 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3703 {
|
|
|
3704 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3705 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3706 }
|
|
|
3707 }
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 /*
|
|
|
3710 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3711 */
|
|
|
3712 static void
|
|
|
3713 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3714 int id;
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3717
|
|
|
3718 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3719 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3720 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3723 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3724 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3725 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3728 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3729 {
|
|
|
3730 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3731 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3732 }
|
|
|
3733 else
|
|
|
3734 {
|
|
|
3735 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3736 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3737 }
|
|
|
3738 }
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 static void
|
|
|
3741 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3742 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3743 short *list;
|
|
|
3744 int attr;
|
|
|
3745 {
|
|
|
3746 short *p;
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3749 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3750 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3755 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3756 else
|
|
|
3757 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3758 }
|
|
|
3759 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3760 {
|
|
|
3761 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3762 }
|
|
|
3763 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3764 {
|
|
|
3765 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3766 }
|
|
|
3767 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3768 {
|
|
|
3769 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3770
|
|
|
3771 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3772 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3773 }
|
|
|
3774 else
|
|
|
3775 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3776 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3777 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3778 }
|
|
|
3779 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3780 }
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 static void
|
|
|
3783 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3784 char *s;
|
|
|
3785 int c;
|
|
|
3786 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3787 int attr;
|
|
|
3788 {
|
|
|
3789 long n;
|
|
|
3790 int mask;
|
|
|
3791 int first;
|
|
|
3792 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3793 int i;
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3796 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3799 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3800 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3801 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3802 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3803 else
|
|
|
3804 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3805 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3806 }
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3809 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3810 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3813 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3814 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3815 {
|
|
|
3816 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3817 break;
|
|
|
3818 }
|
|
|
3819 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3820 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3821 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3824 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3825 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
|
3827 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3828 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3829 {
|
|
|
3830 if (!first)
|
|
|
3831 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3832 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3833 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3834 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3835 {
|
|
|
3836 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3837 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3838 else
|
|
|
3839 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3840 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3841 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3842 }
|
|
|
3843 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3844 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3845 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3846 }
|
|
|
3847 }
|
|
|
3848 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3849 }
|
|
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 /*
|
|
|
3852 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3853 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3854 */
|
|
|
3855 static int
|
|
134
|
3856 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3857 int id;
|
|
134
|
3858 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3859 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3860 int attr;
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
|
3862 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3863 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3864 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3865 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3866 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3867 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3868 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3869 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3870 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3871 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 /*
|
|
|
3874 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3875 * hash value...
|
|
|
3876 */
|
|
134
|
3877 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3878 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3879 {
|
|
|
3880 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3881 {
|
|
|
3882 --todo;
|
|
|
3883 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3884 {
|
|
134
|
3885 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3886 {
|
|
134
|
3887 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3888 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3889 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3890 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3891 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3892 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3893 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3894 else
|
|
|
3895 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3896 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3897 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3900 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3901 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3902 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3903 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3904 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3905 }
|
|
|
3906 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3907 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3908 {
|
|
|
3909 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3910 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3911 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3912 }
|
|
|
3913 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3914 {
|
|
|
3915 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3916 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3917 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3918 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3921 {
|
|
|
3922 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3923 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3924 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3925 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3926 {
|
|
|
3927 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3928 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3929 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
3930 }
|
|
|
3931 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3932 {
|
|
|
3933 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
3934 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3935 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
3936 }
|
|
|
3937 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3938 {
|
|
|
3939 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
3940 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3941 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
3942 }
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
3945 }
|
|
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947 }
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 return did_header;
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 static void
|
|
134
|
3954 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
3955 int id;
|
|
134
|
3956 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3957 {
|
|
|
3958 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3959 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3960 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
3961 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
3962 int todo;
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
|
3965 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3966 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
3967 {
|
|
|
3968 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3969 {
|
|
|
3970 --todo;
|
|
|
3971 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
3972 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
3973 {
|
|
134
|
3974 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
3975 {
|
|
|
3976 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3977 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
3980 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
3981 else
|
|
|
3982 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
3983 }
|
|
|
3984 else
|
|
|
3985 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
3986 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
3987 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
3988 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
3989 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
3990 }
|
|
7
|
3991 else
|
|
134
|
3992 {
|
|
|
3993 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
3994 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
7
|
3996 }
|
|
134
|
3997 }
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 /*
|
|
|
4003 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4004 */
|
|
|
4005 static void
|
|
134
|
4006 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4007 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4008 {
|
|
|
4009 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4010 int todo;
|
|
|
4011 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4012 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
4015 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4016 {
|
|
|
4017 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4018 {
|
|
|
4019 --todo;
|
|
|
4020 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4021 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4022 {
|
|
134
|
4023 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4024 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4025 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4026 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4027 }
|
|
134
|
4028 }
|
|
|
4029 }
|
|
|
4030 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4031 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4032 }
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 /*
|
|
|
4035 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4036 */
|
|
|
4037 static void
|
|
|
4038 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4039 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4040 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4041 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4042 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4043 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4044 {
|
|
134
|
4045 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4046 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4047 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4048 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4049 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4050 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4051
|
|
|
4052 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4053 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4054 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4055 else
|
|
|
4056 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4057 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4058 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4059 return;
|
|
|
4060 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4061 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4062 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4063 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4064 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4065 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4066 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4067 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4070 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4071 else
|
|
134
|
4072 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4075 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4076 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4077 {
|
|
|
4078 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4079 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4080 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4081 }
|
|
|
4082 else
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4085 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4086 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
7
|
4088 }
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 /*
|
|
|
4091 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4092 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4093 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4094 */
|
|
|
4095 static char_u *
|
|
|
4096 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4097 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4098 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4099 {
|
|
|
4100 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4103 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4104
|
|
|
4105 /*
|
|
|
4106 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4107 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4108 */
|
|
|
4109 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4110 return NULL;
|
|
|
4111 return rest;
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 /*
|
|
|
4115 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4116 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4117 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4118 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4119 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4120 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4121 */
|
|
|
4122 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4123 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4124 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4125 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4126 {
|
|
7
|
4127 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4128 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4129 int len;
|
|
154
|
4130 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4131 int i;
|
|
|
4132 int fidx;
|
|
|
4133 static struct flag
|
|
|
4134 {
|
|
|
4135 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4136 int argtype;
|
|
|
4137 int flags;
|
|
|
4138 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4139 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4140 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4141 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4142 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4143 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4144 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4145 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4146 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4147 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4148 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4149 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4150 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4151 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4152 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4153 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4154 };
|
|
154
|
4155 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4158 return NULL;
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 for (;;)
|
|
|
4161 {
|
|
154
|
4162 /*
|
|
|
4163 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4164 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4165 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4166 */
|
|
|
4167 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4168 break;
|
|
7
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4171 {
|
|
154
|
4172 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4173 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4174 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4175 break;
|
|
|
4176 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4177 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4178 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4179 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4180 {
|
|
154
|
4181 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4182 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4183 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4184 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4185 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4186 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4187 break;
|
|
|
4188 }
|
|
|
4189 }
|
|
154
|
4190 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4191 break;
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4194 {
|
|
|
4195 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4196 {
|
|
|
4197 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4198 return NULL;
|
|
|
4199 }
|
|
154
|
4200 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4201 return NULL;
|
|
|
4202 }
|
|
154
|
4203 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4206 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4207 {
|
|
|
4208 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4209 return NULL;
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
154
|
4211 #endif
|
|
|
4212 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4213 return NULL;
|
|
|
4214 }
|
|
154
|
4215 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4216 {
|
|
|
4217 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4218 return NULL;
|
|
|
4219 }
|
|
|
4220 else
|
|
154
|
4221 {
|
|
|
4222 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4223 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4226 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4227 {
|
|
|
4228 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4229 {
|
|
|
4230 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4231 return NULL;
|
|
|
4232 }
|
|
|
4233 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4234 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4235 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4236 return NULL;
|
|
|
4237 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4238 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4239 return NULL;
|
|
|
4240 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4241 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4242 else
|
|
|
4243 {
|
|
|
4244 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4245 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4246 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4247 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4250 break;
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4253 {
|
|
|
4254 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4255 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4256 return NULL;
|
|
|
4257 }
|
|
|
4258 }
|
|
|
4259
|
|
|
4260 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4261 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4262 }
|
|
|
4263 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4264 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4265 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4266 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4267 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4268 #endif
|
|
|
4269 }
|
|
|
4270 }
|
|
7
|
4271
|
|
|
4272 return arg;
|
|
|
4273 }
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 /*
|
|
|
4276 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4277 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4278 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4279 */
|
|
|
4280 static void
|
|
|
4281 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4282 int id;
|
|
|
4283 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4284 {
|
|
|
4285 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4286 return;
|
|
|
4287 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4288 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4289 {
|
|
|
4290 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4291 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4292 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4295 {
|
|
|
4296 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4297 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4298 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4299 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301 }
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 /*
|
|
|
4305 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4306 */
|
|
|
4307 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4308 static void
|
|
|
4309 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4310 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4311 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4312 {
|
|
|
4313 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4314 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4315 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4316 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4317 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4318 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4319 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4320 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4323 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4324 return;
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4327 {
|
|
|
4328 ++arg;
|
|
|
4329 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4330 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4331 {
|
|
|
4332 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4333 return;
|
|
|
4334 }
|
|
|
4335 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4336 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4337 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4338 }
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 /*
|
|
|
4341 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4342 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4343 */
|
|
|
4344 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4345 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4346 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4349 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4350 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4351 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4352 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4355 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4356 return;
|
|
|
4357 }
|
|
|
4358 }
|
|
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 /*
|
|
|
4361 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4362 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4363 */
|
|
|
4364 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4365 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4366 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4367 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4368 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4369 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4370 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4371 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4372 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4373 }
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 /*
|
|
|
4376 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4377 */
|
|
|
4378 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4379 static void
|
|
|
4380 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4381 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4382 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4383 {
|
|
|
4384 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4385 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4386 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4387 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4388 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4389 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4390 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4391 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4392 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4399
|
|
|
4400 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4401 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4402 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4403 {
|
|
154
|
4404 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4405 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4406 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4407 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4408 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4409 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4410
|
|
7
|
4411 /*
|
|
|
4412 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4413 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4414 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4415 */
|
|
154
|
4416 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4417 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4418 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4419 {
|
|
154
|
4420 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4421 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4422 break;
|
|
|
4423 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4424 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
|
4426 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4427 ++rest;
|
|
|
4428 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4431 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4432 }
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4437 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4438
|
|
7
|
4439 /*
|
|
154
|
4440 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4441 */
|
|
154
|
4442 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4443 {
|
|
154
|
4444 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4445 {
|
|
154
|
4446 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4447 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4448 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4449 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4450 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4451 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4452 break;
|
|
|
4453 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4454 {
|
|
|
4455 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
|
4456 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4457 break;
|
|
168
|
4458 }
|
|
|
4459 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4460 {
|
|
|
4461 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4462 break;
|
|
|
4463 }
|
|
154
|
4464 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4465 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4466 {
|
|
154
|
4467 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1);
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4470 p += l;
|
|
|
4471 }
|
|
|
4472 else
|
|
7
|
4473 #endif
|
|
154
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4476 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4477 }
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479 }
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
154
|
4481
|
|
7
|
4482 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4483 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4484 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4485 }
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4489 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4490 else
|
|
|
4491 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4494 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4495 }
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 /*
|
|
|
4498 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4499 *
|
|
|
4500 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4501 */
|
|
|
4502 static void
|
|
|
4503 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4504 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4505 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4506 {
|
|
|
4507 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4508 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4509 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4510 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4511 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4512 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4513 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4514 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4517 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4520 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4521 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4522 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4523 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4524 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4525 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4526 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4527 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4530 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4531 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4532 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4533 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4534 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4537 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4540 {
|
|
|
4541 /*
|
|
|
4542 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4543 */
|
|
|
4544 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4545 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4546 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4547 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4548 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4549 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4550 {
|
|
154
|
4551 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4552 /*
|
|
|
4553 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4554 */
|
|
|
4555 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4556 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4557 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4558 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4559 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4560 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4561 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4562 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4563 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4564 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4565 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4566 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4567 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4568 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4569 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4572 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4573 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4574 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4575 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4576 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4577 #endif
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4580 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4581 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4582 }
|
|
|
4583 }
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 /*
|
|
|
4586 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4587 */
|
|
|
4588 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4589 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4590 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4591 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4592 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4595 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4596 }
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 /*
|
|
|
4599 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4600 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4601 */
|
|
|
4602 static void
|
|
|
4603 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4604 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4605 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4606 {
|
|
|
4607 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4608 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4609 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4610 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4611 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4612 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4613 int item;
|
|
|
4614 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4615 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4616 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4617 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4618 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4619 {
|
|
|
4620 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4621 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4622 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4623 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4624 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4625 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4626 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4627 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4628 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4629 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4630 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4631 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4632 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4633 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4634 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4635
|
|
|
4636 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4637 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4640 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4641 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4644
|
|
154
|
4645 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4646 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4647 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4648 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4649 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4650 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4651 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4652
|
|
7
|
4653 /*
|
|
|
4654 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4655 */
|
|
|
4656 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4657 {
|
|
|
4658 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4659 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4660 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4661 break;
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4664 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4665 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4666 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4667 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4668 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4669 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4672 break;
|
|
|
4673 }
|
|
|
4674 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4675 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4676 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4677 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4678 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4679 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4680 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4681 {
|
|
|
4682 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4683 {
|
|
|
4684 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4685 break;
|
|
|
4686 }
|
|
|
4687 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689 else
|
|
|
4690 break;
|
|
|
4691 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4692 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4693 {
|
|
|
4694 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4695 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4696 break;
|
|
|
4697 }
|
|
|
4698 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4699 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4700 {
|
|
|
4701 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4702 break;
|
|
|
4703 }
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4706 {
|
|
|
4707 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4708 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4709 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4710 else
|
|
|
4711 {
|
|
|
4712 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4713 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4716 break;
|
|
|
4717 }
|
|
|
4718 }
|
|
|
4719 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4720 }
|
|
|
4721 else
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 /*
|
|
|
4724 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4725 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4726 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4727 */
|
|
|
4728 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4729 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4730 {
|
|
|
4731 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4732 break;
|
|
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4735 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4736 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4737 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4738 {
|
|
|
4739 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4740 break;
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 /*
|
|
|
4744 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4745 */
|
|
|
4746 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4747 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4748 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4749 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4750 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4751 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4752 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4753 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4754 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4755 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4756 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4757 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759 }
|
|
|
4760 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4761 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4762 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 /*
|
|
|
4765 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4766 */
|
|
|
4767 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4768 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4769 {
|
|
|
4770 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4771 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 /*
|
|
|
4777 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4778 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4779 */
|
|
|
4780 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4781 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4782 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4783 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4784 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4785 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4786 {
|
|
154
|
4787 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4788 /*
|
|
|
4789 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4790 */
|
|
|
4791 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4792 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4793 {
|
|
|
4794 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4797 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4798 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4799 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4800 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4801 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4802 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4803 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4804 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4805 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4806 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4807 {
|
|
154
|
4808 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4809 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4810 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4811 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4812 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4813 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4814 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4815 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4816 }
|
|
|
4817 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4818 ++idx;
|
|
|
4819 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4820 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4821 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4822 #endif
|
|
|
4823 }
|
|
|
4824 }
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4827 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4828 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830 }
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 /*
|
|
|
4833 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4834 */
|
|
|
4835 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4836 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 if (!success)
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
|
4840 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4841 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4844 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4845 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4846 }
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 if (!success)
|
|
|
4849 {
|
|
154
|
4850 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4851 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4852 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4853 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4854 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4855 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4856 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4857 }
|
|
|
4858 }
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 /*
|
|
|
4861 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4862 */
|
|
|
4863 static int
|
|
|
4864 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4865 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4866 #endif
|
|
|
4867 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4868 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4869 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4870 {
|
|
|
4871 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4872 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4873
|
|
|
4874 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 /*
|
|
|
4878 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4879 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4880 */
|
|
|
4881 static void
|
|
|
4882 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4883 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4884 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4885 int list_op;
|
|
|
4886 {
|
|
|
4887 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4888 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4889 short *g1;
|
|
|
4890 short *g2;
|
|
|
4891 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4892 int count;
|
|
|
4893 int round;
|
|
|
4894
|
|
|
4895 /*
|
|
|
4896 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4897 */
|
|
|
4898 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4899 return;
|
|
|
4900 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4901 {
|
|
|
4902 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4903 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4904 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4905 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4906 else
|
|
|
4907 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4908 return;
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4912 ++count1;
|
|
|
4913 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4914 ++count2;
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 /*
|
|
|
4917 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4918 */
|
|
|
4919 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4920 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 /*
|
|
|
4923 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4924 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4925 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4926 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4927 */
|
|
|
4928 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4929 {
|
|
|
4930 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
4931 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4932 count = 0;
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 /*
|
|
|
4935 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
4936 */
|
|
|
4937 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
4938 {
|
|
|
4939 /*
|
|
|
4940 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
4941 */
|
|
|
4942 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
4943 {
|
|
|
4944 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4945 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4946 count++;
|
|
|
4947 g1++;
|
|
|
4948 continue;
|
|
|
4949 }
|
|
|
4950 /*
|
|
|
4951 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
4952 * lists.
|
|
|
4953 */
|
|
|
4954 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4955 {
|
|
|
4956 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4957 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4958 count++;
|
|
|
4959 }
|
|
|
4960 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
4961 g1++;
|
|
|
4962 g2++;
|
|
|
4963 }
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 /*
|
|
|
4966 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
4967 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
4968 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
4969 */
|
|
|
4970 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
4971 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4972 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4973 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4974 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
4975 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4976 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
4979 {
|
|
|
4980 /*
|
|
|
4981 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
4982 * space for it.
|
|
|
4983 */
|
|
|
4984 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
4985 {
|
|
|
4986 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4987 break;
|
|
|
4988 }
|
|
|
4989 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4990 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
4991 break;
|
|
|
4992 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 /*
|
|
|
4997 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
4998 */
|
|
|
4999 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5000 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5001 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5002 }
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 /*
|
|
|
5005 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5006 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5007 */
|
|
|
5008 static int
|
|
|
5009 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5010 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5011 {
|
|
|
5012 int i;
|
|
|
5013 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5014
|
|
|
5015 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5016 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5017 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5018 return 0;
|
|
|
5019 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5020 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5021 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5022 break;
|
|
|
5023 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5024 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5025 }
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 /*
|
|
|
5028 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5029 */
|
|
|
5030 static int
|
|
|
5031 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5032 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5033 int len;
|
|
|
5034 {
|
|
|
5035 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5036 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5039 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5040 {
|
|
|
5041 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5042 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5043 }
|
|
|
5044 return id;
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 /*
|
|
|
5048 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5049 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5050 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5051 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5052 */
|
|
|
5053 static int
|
|
|
5054 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5055 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5056 int len;
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 int id;
|
|
|
5059 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5062 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5063 return 0;
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5066 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5067 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5068 else
|
|
|
5069 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5070 return id;
|
|
|
5071 }
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 /*
|
|
|
5074 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5075 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5076 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5077 */
|
|
|
5078 static int
|
|
|
5079 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5080 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5081 {
|
|
|
5082 int len;
|
|
7
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 /*
|
|
|
5085 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5086 */
|
|
|
5087 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
221
|
5089 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5090 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 /*
|
|
|
5094 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5095 */
|
|
|
5096 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5097 {
|
|
|
5098 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5099 return 0;
|
|
|
5100 }
|
|
|
5101 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5102
|
|
221
|
5103 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5104 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5105 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5106 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5107 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5108
|
|
221
|
5109 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5110 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5111 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5112 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5113
|
|
7
|
5114 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 /*
|
|
|
5118 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5119 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5120 */
|
|
|
5121 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5122 static void
|
|
|
5123 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5124 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5125 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5126 {
|
|
|
5127 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5128 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5129 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5130 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5131 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5132 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5133 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5134 int list_op;
|
|
|
5135
|
|
|
5136 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5137 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5138 return;
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5143 {
|
|
|
5144 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5145 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 for (;;)
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5150 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5151 {
|
|
|
5152 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5153 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5154 }
|
|
|
5155 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5156 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5159 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5160 }
|
|
|
5161 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5162 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5163 {
|
|
|
5164 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5165 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5166 }
|
|
|
5167 else
|
|
|
5168 break;
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5171 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5174 break;
|
|
|
5175 }
|
|
|
5176 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5177 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5178 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5184 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5185 }
|
|
|
5186 }
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5189 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5190 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5191 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5192 }
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 /*
|
|
|
5195 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5196 */
|
|
|
5197 static void
|
|
|
5198 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5199 {
|
|
|
5200 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5201 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5202 }
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 /*
|
|
|
5205 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5206 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5207 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5208 */
|
|
|
5209 static char_u *
|
|
|
5210 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5211 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5212 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5213 {
|
|
|
5214 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5215 int *p;
|
|
|
5216 int idx;
|
|
|
5217 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5218
|
|
|
5219 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5220 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5221 return NULL;
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5224 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5225 {
|
|
|
5226 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5227 return NULL;
|
|
|
5228 }
|
|
|
5229 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5230 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5231 return NULL;
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5234 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5235 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5236 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5237 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5240 return NULL;
|
|
|
5241 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 /*
|
|
|
5244 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5245 */
|
|
|
5246 ++end;
|
|
|
5247 do
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5250 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5251 break;
|
|
|
5252 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5253 {
|
|
|
5254 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5255 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5256 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5257 {
|
|
|
5258 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5259 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5260 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5261 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5266 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5267 {
|
|
|
5268 end += 3;
|
|
|
5269 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5272 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5275 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5276 }
|
|
|
5277 }
|
|
|
5278 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 end += 4;
|
|
|
5281 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 ++end;
|
|
|
5284 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5285 }
|
|
|
5286 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 ++end;
|
|
|
5289 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5290 }
|
|
|
5291 }
|
|
|
5292 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5293 break;
|
|
|
5294 ++end;
|
|
|
5295 }
|
|
|
5296 }
|
|
|
5297 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5302 return NULL;
|
|
|
5303 }
|
|
|
5304 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5305 }
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 /*
|
|
|
5308 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5309 */
|
|
|
5310 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5311 static void
|
|
|
5312 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5313 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5314 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5315 {
|
|
|
5316 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5317 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5318 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5319 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5320 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5321 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5322 long n;
|
|
|
5323 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5324
|
|
|
5325 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5328 return;
|
|
|
5329 }
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5332 {
|
|
|
5333 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5334 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5335 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5336 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5337 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5338 {
|
|
|
5339 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5340 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5341 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5342 {
|
|
|
5343 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5344 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5345 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5346 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5347 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5348 }
|
|
|
5349 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5350 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5351 }
|
|
|
5352 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5353 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5354 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5355 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5356 {
|
|
|
5357 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5358 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5359 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5360 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5361 else
|
|
|
5362 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5363 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5366 break;
|
|
|
5367 }
|
|
|
5368 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5369 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5372 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5373 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5374 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5375 else
|
|
|
5376 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5380 {
|
|
|
5381 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5384 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5385 }
|
|
|
5386 }
|
|
|
5387 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5388 {
|
|
|
5389 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5392 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5393 break;
|
|
|
5394 }
|
|
|
5395 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5396 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5399 break;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5405 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5406 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5407 {
|
|
|
5408 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5409 break;
|
|
|
5410 }
|
|
|
5411 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5412
|
|
|
5413 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5414 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5415 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5416 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5417 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5418 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5421 {
|
|
|
5422 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5423 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5424 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5425 break;
|
|
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427 }
|
|
|
5428 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5429 }
|
|
|
5430 else
|
|
|
5431 {
|
|
|
5432 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5433 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5434 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5435 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5436 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5437 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5438 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5439 else
|
|
|
5440 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5441 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5442 break;
|
|
|
5443 }
|
|
|
5444 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5445 }
|
|
|
5446 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5447 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5448 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5449 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5452 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5453 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5454 }
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 /*
|
|
|
5458 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5459 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5460 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5461 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5462 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5463 */
|
|
|
5464 static int
|
|
|
5465 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5466 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5467 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5468 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5469 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5472 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5473 int round;
|
|
|
5474 int count;
|
|
|
5475 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5476 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5477 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5478 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5479 int id;
|
|
|
5480 int i;
|
|
|
5481 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 /*
|
|
|
5484 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5485 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5486 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5487 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5488 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5489 */
|
|
|
5490 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5491 {
|
|
|
5492 /*
|
|
|
5493 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5494 */
|
|
|
5495 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5496 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5497 {
|
|
|
5498 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5499 break;
|
|
|
5500 }
|
|
|
5501 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5502 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5503 {
|
|
|
5504 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5505 break;
|
|
|
5506 }
|
|
|
5507
|
|
|
5508 /*
|
|
|
5509 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5510 */
|
|
|
5511 count = 0;
|
|
|
5512 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5515 ;
|
|
|
5516 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5517 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5520 break;
|
|
|
5521 }
|
|
|
5522 STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
|
5523 name[end - p + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5524 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5525 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5526 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5527 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5528 {
|
|
|
5529 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5530 {
|
|
|
5531 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5532 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5533 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5534 break;
|
|
|
5535 }
|
|
|
5536 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5537 {
|
|
|
5538 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5539 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5540 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5541 break;
|
|
|
5542 }
|
|
|
5543 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5544 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5545 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5546 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5547 else
|
|
|
5548 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5549 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5550 }
|
|
|
5551 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5552 {
|
|
|
5553 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5554 }
|
|
|
5555 else
|
|
|
5556 {
|
|
|
5557 /*
|
|
|
5558 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5559 */
|
|
|
5560 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5561 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5562 else
|
|
|
5563 {
|
|
|
5564 /*
|
|
|
5565 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5566 */
|
|
|
5567 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5568 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5569 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5570 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5571 {
|
|
|
5572 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5573 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5574 break;
|
|
|
5575 }
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5578 id = 0;
|
|
|
5579 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5582 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5583 {
|
|
|
5584 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5585 {
|
|
|
5586 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5587 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5588 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5589 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5590 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5591 {
|
|
|
5592 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5593 round = 1;
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 else
|
|
|
5596 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5597 }
|
|
|
5598 ++count;
|
|
|
5599 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5600 }
|
|
|
5601 }
|
|
|
5602 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5603 }
|
|
|
5604 }
|
|
|
5605 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5606 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5607 {
|
|
|
5608 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5609 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5610 break;
|
|
|
5611 }
|
|
|
5612 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5613 {
|
|
|
5614 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5615 {
|
|
|
5616 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5617 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5618 {
|
|
|
5619 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5620 round = 1;
|
|
|
5621 }
|
|
|
5622 else
|
|
|
5623 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5624 }
|
|
|
5625 ++count;
|
|
|
5626 }
|
|
|
5627 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5628 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5629 break;
|
|
|
5630 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632 if (failed)
|
|
|
5633 break;
|
|
|
5634 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5637 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5638 break;
|
|
|
5639 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5640 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5641 }
|
|
|
5642 }
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5645 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5646 {
|
|
|
5647 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5648 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5652 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5653 else
|
|
|
5654 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 return OK;
|
|
|
5657 }
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 /*
|
|
|
5660 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5661 */
|
|
|
5662 static short *
|
|
|
5663 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5664 short *list;
|
|
|
5665 {
|
|
|
5666 int len;
|
|
|
5667 int count;
|
|
|
5668 short *retval;
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5671 return NULL;
|
|
|
5672
|
|
|
5673 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5674 ;
|
|
|
5675 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5676 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5677 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5678 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 return retval;
|
|
|
5681 }
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 /*
|
|
|
5684 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5685 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5686 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5687 * the current item.
|
|
|
5688 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5689 */
|
|
|
5690 static int
|
|
|
5691 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5692 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5693 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5694 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5695 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5696 {
|
|
|
5697 int retval;
|
|
|
5698 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5699 short item;
|
|
|
5700 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5701 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5702 int r;
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5705 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5706 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5707 {
|
|
|
5708 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5709 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5710 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5711 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5712 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5713 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5714 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5715 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5716 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5717 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5718 }
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5721 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 /*
|
|
|
5724 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5725 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5726 */
|
|
|
5727 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5728 return !contained;
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 /*
|
|
|
5731 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5732 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5733 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5734 */
|
|
|
5735 item = *list;
|
|
|
5736 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
|
5738 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5739 {
|
|
|
5740 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5741 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5742 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5743 }
|
|
|
5744 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5745 {
|
|
|
5746 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5747 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5748 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5749 }
|
|
|
5750 else
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5753 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5754 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5755 }
|
|
|
5756 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5757 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5758 }
|
|
|
5759 else
|
|
|
5760 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 /*
|
|
|
5763 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5764 */
|
|
|
5765 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5766 {
|
|
|
5767 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5768 return retval;
|
|
|
5769 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5770 {
|
|
|
5771 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5772 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5773 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5774 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5775 {
|
|
|
5776 ++depth;
|
|
|
5777 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5778 --depth;
|
|
|
5779 if (r)
|
|
|
5780 return retval;
|
|
|
5781 }
|
|
|
5782 }
|
|
|
5783 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5784 }
|
|
|
5785 return !retval;
|
|
|
5786 }
|
|
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5791 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5792 };
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5795 {
|
|
|
5796 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5797 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5798 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5799 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5800 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5801 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5802 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5803 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5804 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5805 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5806 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5807 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5808 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
|
5809 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5810 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5811 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5812 };
|
|
|
5813
|
|
|
5814 /*
|
|
|
5815 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5816 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5817 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5818 */
|
|
|
5819 void
|
|
|
5820 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5821 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5822 {
|
|
|
5823 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5824 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5825 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5826 int i;
|
|
|
5827
|
|
|
5828 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5831 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5832 ;
|
|
|
5833 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5834 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5837 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5838 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5841 {
|
|
|
5842 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5843 break;
|
|
|
5844 }
|
|
|
5845 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5848 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5849 break;
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851 }
|
|
|
5852 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5853 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5854 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5855 }
|
|
|
5856 }
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 int
|
|
|
5859 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5860 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5861 {
|
|
|
5862 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5863 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5864 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5865 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 static enum
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5873 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5874 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5875
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 /*
|
|
|
5878 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5879 */
|
|
|
5880 void
|
|
|
5881 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5882 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5883 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5884 {
|
|
|
5885 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5888 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5889 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5890 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5891 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5892 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5895 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5896 {
|
|
|
5897 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5898 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5899 {
|
|
|
5900 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5901 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5902 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5903 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5904 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5905 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5906 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5907 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5908 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5909 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5910 else
|
|
|
5911 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913 }
|
|
|
5914 }
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 /*
|
|
|
5919 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5920 * expansion.
|
|
|
5921 */
|
|
|
5922 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5923 char_u *
|
|
|
5924 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5925 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5926 int idx;
|
|
|
5927 {
|
|
|
5928 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5929 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
5930 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
5931 }
|
|
|
5932
|
|
|
5933 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 /*
|
|
|
5936 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
5937 */
|
|
|
5938 int
|
|
253
|
5939 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
7
|
5940 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
5941 colnr_T col;
|
|
7
|
5942 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
253
|
5943 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
7
|
5944 {
|
|
|
5945 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
5946 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
|
5947 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
|
5948 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
5949 || col < current_col)
|
|
7
|
5950 syntax_start(curwin, lnum);
|
|
|
5951
|
|
253
|
5952 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
|
7
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
5955 }
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5958 /*
|
|
|
5959 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
5960 */
|
|
|
5961 int
|
|
|
5962 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
5963 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
5964 long lnum;
|
|
|
5965 {
|
|
|
5966 int level = 0;
|
|
|
5967 int i;
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
5970 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
5971 {
|
|
|
5972 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5975 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
5976 ++level;
|
|
|
5977 }
|
|
|
5978 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
5979 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
5980 return level;
|
|
|
5981 }
|
|
|
5982 #endif
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 /**************************************
|
|
|
5988 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
5989 **************************************/
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 /*
|
|
|
5992 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
5993 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
5994 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
5995 */
|
|
|
5996 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
5997 {
|
|
|
5998 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5999 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
6000 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
6001 #endif
|
|
|
6002 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
6003 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6004 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
6005 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6006 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6007 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6008 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
6009 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6010 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
|
6011 NULL
|
|
|
6012 };
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6015 {
|
|
|
6016 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6017 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
6018 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6019 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6020 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6021 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
221
|
6022 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6023 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6024 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6025 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
7
|
6026 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
6027 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6028 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6029 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6030 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6031 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6032 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
308
|
6033 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
7
|
6034 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6035 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6036 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6037 NULL
|
|
|
6038 };
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6041 {
|
|
|
6042 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6043 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6044 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
6045 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
6046 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
6047 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6048 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
221
|
6049 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
386
|
6050 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl",
|
|
221
|
6051 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
|
6052 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
7
|
6053 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6054 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
6055 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
6056 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6057 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6058 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
308
|
6059 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
7
|
6060 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6061 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6062 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6063 NULL
|
|
|
6064 };
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 void
|
|
|
6067 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6068 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6069 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6070 {
|
|
|
6071 int i;
|
|
|
6072 char **pp;
|
|
|
6073 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6074 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6075 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 /*
|
|
|
6078 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6079 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6080 */
|
|
|
6081 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6082 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6083 return;
|
|
|
6084 #endif
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 /*
|
|
|
6087 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6088 */
|
|
|
6089 if (both)
|
|
|
6090 {
|
|
|
6091 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6092 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6093 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6094 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6095 }
|
|
|
6096 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6097 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6098 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6099 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6100 return;
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6103 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6104 else
|
|
|
6105 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6106 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6107 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6110 /*
|
|
|
6111 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6112 */
|
|
|
6113 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6114 {
|
|
|
6115 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6118 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6119 else
|
|
|
6120 {
|
|
|
6121 ++recursive;
|
|
|
6122 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
|
6123 --recursive;
|
|
|
6124 }
|
|
|
6125 }
|
|
7
|
6126 #endif
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 /*
|
|
12
|
6130 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6131 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6132 */
|
|
|
6133 int
|
|
12
|
6134 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6135 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6136 {
|
|
|
6137 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6138 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6139 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6140
|
|
|
6141 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6142 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6143 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6144 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6145 return OK;
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6148 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6149 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6150 {
|
|
12
|
6151 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
7
|
6152 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
6153 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6154 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6155 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6156 #endif
|
|
7
|
6157 }
|
|
|
6158 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6159
|
|
|
6160 return retval;
|
|
|
6161 }
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 /*
|
|
|
6164 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6165 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6166 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6167 */
|
|
|
6168 void
|
|
|
6169 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6170 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6171 int forceit;
|
|
|
6172 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6173 {
|
|
|
6174 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6175 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6176 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6177 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6178 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6179 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6180 long i;
|
|
|
6181 int off;
|
|
|
6182 int len;
|
|
|
6183 int attr;
|
|
|
6184 int id;
|
|
|
6185 int idx;
|
|
|
6186 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6187 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6188 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6189 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6190 int color;
|
|
|
6191 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6192 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6193 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6194 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6195 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6196 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6197 #else
|
|
|
6198 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6199 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6200 #endif
|
|
|
6201
|
|
|
6202 /*
|
|
|
6203 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6204 */
|
|
|
6205 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6206 {
|
|
|
6207 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6208 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6209 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6210 return;
|
|
|
6211 }
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 /*
|
|
|
6214 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6215 */
|
|
|
6216 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6217 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 /*
|
|
|
6220 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6221 */
|
|
|
6222 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6225 line = linep;
|
|
|
6226 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6227 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6228 }
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 /*
|
|
|
6231 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6232 */
|
|
|
6233 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6234 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6235 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6236 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 /*
|
|
|
6239 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6240 */
|
|
|
6241 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6242 {
|
|
|
6243 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6244 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6245 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6246 else
|
|
|
6247 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6248 return;
|
|
|
6249 }
|
|
|
6250
|
|
|
6251 /*
|
|
|
6252 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6253 */
|
|
|
6254 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6255 {
|
|
|
6256 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6257 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6258 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6259 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6260 int from_id;
|
|
|
6261 int to_id;
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6264 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6265 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6266
|
|
|
6267 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6268 {
|
|
|
6269 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6270 from_start);
|
|
|
6271 return;
|
|
|
6272 }
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6275 {
|
|
|
6276 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6277 return;
|
|
|
6278 }
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6281 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6282 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6283 else
|
|
|
6284 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6287 {
|
|
|
6288 /*
|
|
|
6289 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6290 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6291 */
|
|
|
6292 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6293 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6296 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6297 }
|
|
|
6298 else
|
|
|
6299 {
|
|
|
6300 if (!init)
|
|
|
6301 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6302 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
|
6303 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6304 }
|
|
|
6305 }
|
|
|
6306
|
|
|
6307 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6308 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6309
|
|
|
6310 return;
|
|
|
6311 }
|
|
|
6312
|
|
|
6313 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6314 {
|
|
|
6315 /*
|
|
|
6316 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6317 */
|
|
|
6318 line = linep;
|
|
|
6319 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6320 {
|
|
|
6321 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6322 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6323 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6324 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6325 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6326 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6327 */
|
|
|
6328 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6329 {
|
|
|
6330 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6331 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6332 # endif
|
|
|
6333 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6334 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6335 # endif
|
|
|
6336 }
|
|
|
6337 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6338 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6339 # endif
|
|
|
6340 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6341 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6342
|
|
|
6343 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6344 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6345 */
|
|
|
6346 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6347 # endif
|
|
|
6348 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6349 {
|
|
|
6350 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6351 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6352 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6353 # endif
|
|
|
6354 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6355 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6356 # endif
|
|
|
6357 }
|
|
|
6358 # endif
|
|
|
6359
|
|
|
6360 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6361 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6362 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6363 */
|
|
|
6364 #endif
|
|
|
6365 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6366 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6367 #endif
|
|
|
6368 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 /*
|
|
|
6371 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6372 */
|
|
|
6373 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6374 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6375 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6376 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6377 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6378 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6379 #endif
|
|
|
6380 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6381 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6382 return;
|
|
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6385 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6386 }
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 /*
|
|
|
6389 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6390 */
|
|
|
6391 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6392 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6393 return;
|
|
|
6394 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6395
|
|
|
6396 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6397 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6398 return;
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6401 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6402 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6403 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6404 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6405 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6406 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6407 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6408 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6409 #endif
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6412 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6413 {
|
|
|
6414 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6415 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6416 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6417 }
|
|
|
6418
|
|
|
6419 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6420 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6421 {
|
|
|
6422 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6423 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6424 {
|
|
|
6425 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6426 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6427 break;
|
|
|
6428 }
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 /*
|
|
|
6431 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6432 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6433 */
|
|
|
6434 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6435 ++linep;
|
|
|
6436 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6437 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6438 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6439 {
|
|
|
6440 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6441 break;
|
|
|
6442 }
|
|
|
6443 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6444
|
|
|
6445 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6446 {
|
|
|
6447 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6448 {
|
|
|
6449 if (!init)
|
|
|
6450 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6451 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6452 }
|
|
|
6453 continue;
|
|
|
6454 }
|
|
|
6455
|
|
|
6456 /*
|
|
|
6457 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6458 */
|
|
|
6459 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6460 {
|
|
|
6461 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6462 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6463 break;
|
|
|
6464 }
|
|
|
6465 ++linep;
|
|
|
6466
|
|
|
6467 /*
|
|
|
6468 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6469 */
|
|
|
6470 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6471 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6474 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6475 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6476 {
|
|
|
6477 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6478 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6479 break;
|
|
|
6480 }
|
|
|
6481 }
|
|
|
6482 else
|
|
|
6483 {
|
|
|
6484 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6485 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6486 }
|
|
|
6487 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6488 {
|
|
|
6489 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6490 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6491 break;
|
|
|
6492 }
|
|
|
6493 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6494 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6495 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6496 {
|
|
|
6497 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6498 break;
|
|
|
6499 }
|
|
|
6500 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6501 ++linep;
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 /*
|
|
|
6504 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6505 */
|
|
|
6506 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6507 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6508 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6509 {
|
|
|
6510 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6511 off = 0;
|
|
|
6512 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6513 {
|
|
|
6514 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6517 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6518 {
|
|
|
6519 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6520 off += len;
|
|
|
6521 break;
|
|
|
6522 }
|
|
|
6523 }
|
|
|
6524 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6525 {
|
|
|
6526 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6527 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6528 break;
|
|
|
6529 }
|
|
|
6530 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6531 ++off;
|
|
|
6532 }
|
|
|
6533 if (error)
|
|
|
6534 break;
|
|
|
6535 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6536 {
|
|
|
6537 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6538 {
|
|
|
6539 if (!init)
|
|
|
6540 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6541 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6542 }
|
|
|
6543 }
|
|
|
6544 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6547 {
|
|
|
6548 if (!init)
|
|
|
6549 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6550 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6551 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6552 }
|
|
|
6553 }
|
|
|
6554 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6555 else
|
|
|
6556 {
|
|
|
6557 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6558 {
|
|
|
6559 if (!init)
|
|
|
6560 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6561 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6562 }
|
|
|
6563 }
|
|
|
6564 #endif
|
|
|
6565 }
|
|
|
6566 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6567 {
|
|
|
6568 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6569 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6570 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6571 {
|
|
|
6572 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6573 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6574 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6575 }
|
|
|
6576 else
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6579 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6580 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6581 # endif
|
|
|
6582 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6583 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6584 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6585 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6586 */
|
|
|
6587
|
|
|
6588 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6589 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6590 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6591 # endif
|
|
|
6592 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6593 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6594
|
|
|
6595 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6596 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6597 {
|
|
|
6598 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6599 * one.
|
|
|
6600 */
|
|
|
6601 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6602 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6603 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6604 }
|
|
|
6605 else
|
|
|
6606 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6607 # endif
|
|
|
6608 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6609 {
|
|
|
6610 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6611 * one.
|
|
|
6612 */
|
|
|
6613 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6614 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6615 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6616 }
|
|
|
6617 else
|
|
|
6618 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6619 }
|
|
|
6620 #endif
|
|
|
6621 }
|
|
|
6622 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6623 {
|
|
|
6624 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6625 {
|
|
|
6626 if (!init)
|
|
|
6627 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6630 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6631 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6632 {
|
|
|
6633 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6634 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6635 }
|
|
|
6636
|
|
|
6637 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6638 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6639 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6640 {
|
|
|
6641 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6642 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6643 else
|
|
|
6644 {
|
|
|
6645 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6646 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6647 break;
|
|
|
6648 }
|
|
|
6649 }
|
|
|
6650 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6651 {
|
|
|
6652 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6653 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6654 else
|
|
|
6655 {
|
|
|
6656 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6657 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6658 break;
|
|
|
6659 }
|
|
|
6660 }
|
|
|
6661 else
|
|
|
6662 {
|
|
|
6663 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6664 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6665 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6666 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6667 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6668 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6669 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6670 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6671 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6672 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6673 7, 7,
|
|
|
6674 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6675 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6676 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6677 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6678 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6679 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6680 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6681 84, 84,
|
|
|
6682 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6683 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6684 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6685 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6686 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6687 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6688 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6689 248, 248,
|
|
|
6690 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6691 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6692 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6693 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6694 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6695 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6696 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6697 7, 7,
|
|
|
6698 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6699 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6700 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6701 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6702 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6703 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6704 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6705 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6706 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6707 #endif
|
|
|
6708
|
|
|
6709 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6710 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6711 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6712 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6713 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6714 break;
|
|
|
6715 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6718 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6719 break;
|
|
|
6720 }
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6723 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6724 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6725 {
|
|
|
6726 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6727 {
|
|
|
6728 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6729 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6730 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6731 #else
|
|
|
6732 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6733 #endif
|
|
|
6734 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6735 {
|
|
|
6736 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6737 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6738 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6739 {
|
|
|
6740 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6741 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6742 }
|
|
|
6743 else
|
|
|
6744 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6745 }
|
|
|
6746 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6747 }
|
|
|
6748 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6749 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6750 {
|
|
|
6751 /*
|
|
|
6752 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6753 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6754 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6755 */
|
|
|
6756 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6757 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6758 else
|
|
|
6759 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6760 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6761 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6762 {
|
|
|
6763 case 16:
|
|
|
6764 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6765 break;
|
|
|
6766 case 88:
|
|
|
6767 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6768 break;
|
|
|
6769 case 256:
|
|
|
6770 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6771 break;
|
|
|
6772 }
|
|
|
6773 }
|
|
|
6774 }
|
|
|
6775 }
|
|
|
6776 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6777 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6778 {
|
|
|
6779 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6780 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6781 {
|
|
|
6782 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6783 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6784 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6785 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6786 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6787 #endif
|
|
|
6788 {
|
|
|
6789 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6790 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6791 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6792 }
|
|
|
6793 }
|
|
|
6794 }
|
|
|
6795 else
|
|
|
6796 {
|
|
|
6797 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6798 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6799 {
|
|
|
6800 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6801 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6802 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6803 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6804 #endif
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6807 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6808 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6809 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6810 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6811 else
|
|
|
6812 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6813 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6814 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6815 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6816 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6817 }
|
|
|
6818 }
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820 }
|
|
|
6821 }
|
|
|
6822 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6825 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6826 {
|
|
205
|
6827 if (!init)
|
|
|
6828 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6829
|
|
|
6830 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6831 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6832 {
|
|
|
6833 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6834 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6835 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6836 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6837 else
|
|
|
6838 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6839 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6840 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6841 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6842 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6843 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6844 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6845 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6846 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6847 # endif
|
|
205
|
6848 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6849 # endif
|
|
205
|
6850 }
|
|
7
|
6851 }
|
|
|
6852 #endif
|
|
|
6853 }
|
|
|
6854 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
|
6856 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
6857 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
6858 {
|
|
205
|
6859 if (!init)
|
|
|
6860 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6861
|
|
|
6862 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6863 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6864 {
|
|
|
6865 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6866 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6867 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6868 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6869 else
|
|
|
6870 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
6871 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
6872 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6873 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6874 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6875 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6876 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
6877 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6878 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
6879 # endif
|
|
205
|
6880 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
6881 # endif
|
|
205
|
6882 }
|
|
7
|
6883 }
|
|
205
|
6884 #endif
|
|
|
6885 }
|
|
|
6886 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
6887 {
|
|
|
6888 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6889 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6890 {
|
|
|
6891 if (!init)
|
|
|
6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6893
|
|
|
6894 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6895 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6896 {
|
|
|
6897 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
6898 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
6899 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
6900 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6901 else
|
|
|
6902 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6903 }
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
7
|
6905 #endif
|
|
|
6906 }
|
|
|
6907 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
6910 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 if (!init)
|
|
|
6913 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 /*
|
|
|
6916 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
6917 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
6918 */
|
|
|
6919 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
6920 {
|
|
|
6921 off = 0;
|
|
|
6922 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6923 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6924 {
|
|
|
6925 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
6926 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
6927 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
6928 ;
|
|
|
6929 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
6930 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6931 {
|
|
|
6932 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6933 break;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
6936 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
6937 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
6938 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
6939 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
6940
|
|
|
6941 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
6942 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
6943 {
|
|
|
6944 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6945 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6946 break;
|
|
|
6947 }
|
|
|
6948 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
6951 off += len;
|
|
|
6952 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6953 ++off;
|
|
|
6954 }
|
|
|
6955 }
|
|
|
6956 else
|
|
|
6957 {
|
|
|
6958 /*
|
|
|
6959 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
6960 */
|
|
|
6961 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
6964 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
6965 off += len;
|
|
|
6966 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
6967 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
6968 }
|
|
|
6969 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
6970 }
|
|
|
6971 if (error)
|
|
|
6972 break;
|
|
|
6973
|
|
|
6974 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
6975 p = NULL;
|
|
|
6976 else
|
|
|
6977 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
6978 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
6979 {
|
|
|
6980 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
6981 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
6982 }
|
|
|
6983 else
|
|
|
6984 {
|
|
|
6985 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
6986 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
6987 }
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989 else
|
|
|
6990 {
|
|
|
6991 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6992 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6993 break;
|
|
|
6994 }
|
|
|
6995
|
|
|
6996 /*
|
|
|
6997 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
6998 */
|
|
|
6999 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7000 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7001
|
|
|
7002 /*
|
|
|
7003 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7004 */
|
|
|
7005 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 /*
|
|
|
7009 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7010 */
|
|
|
7011 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7012 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7013 else
|
|
|
7014 {
|
|
|
7015 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7016 {
|
|
|
7017 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7018 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7019 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7020 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7021 /*
|
|
|
7022 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7023 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7024 */
|
|
|
7025 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7026 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7027 #endif
|
|
|
7028 }
|
|
|
7029 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7030 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7031 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7032 {
|
|
|
7033 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7034 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7035 }
|
|
|
7036 # endif
|
|
|
7037 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7038 {
|
|
|
7039 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7040 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7041 }
|
|
|
7042 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7043 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7044 {
|
|
|
7045 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7046 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7047 }
|
|
|
7048 # endif
|
|
|
7049 #endif
|
|
|
7050 else
|
|
|
7051 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
7052 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
7053 }
|
|
|
7054 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7055 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7056
|
|
|
7057 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7058 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7059 }
|
|
|
7060
|
|
356
|
7061 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7062 void
|
|
|
7063 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7064 {
|
|
|
7065 int i;
|
|
|
7066
|
|
|
7067 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7068 {
|
|
356
|
7069 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7070 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7071 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7072 }
|
|
356
|
7073 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7074 }
|
|
|
7075 #endif
|
|
|
7076
|
|
7
|
7077 /*
|
|
|
7078 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7079 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7080 */
|
|
|
7081 void
|
|
|
7082 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7083 {
|
|
|
7084 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7085 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7086 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7087 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7088 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7089 #else
|
|
|
7090 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7091 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7092 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7093 #endif
|
|
|
7094 }
|
|
|
7095
|
|
|
7096 /*
|
|
|
7097 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7098 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7099 */
|
|
|
7100 static int
|
|
|
7101 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7102 int idx;
|
|
|
7103 int check_link;
|
|
|
7104 {
|
|
|
7105 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7106 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7107 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7108 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7109 #endif
|
|
|
7110 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7111 }
|
|
|
7112
|
|
|
7113 /*
|
|
|
7114 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7115 */
|
|
|
7116 static void
|
|
|
7117 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7118 int idx;
|
|
|
7119 {
|
|
|
7120 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7121 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7122 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7123 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7124 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7125 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7126 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7127 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7128 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7129 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7130 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7131 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7132 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7133 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7134 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7135 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7136 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7137 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7138 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7139 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7140 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7141 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7142 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7143 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7144 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7145 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7146 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7147 # endif
|
|
|
7148 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7149 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7150 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7151 #endif
|
|
|
7152 }
|
|
|
7153
|
|
|
7154 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7155 /*
|
|
|
7156 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7157 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7158 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7159 */
|
|
|
7160 void
|
|
|
7161 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7162 {
|
|
|
7163 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7164 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7165 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7166 {
|
|
|
7167 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7168 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7169 }
|
|
|
7170 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7171 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7172 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7173 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7174 {
|
|
|
7175 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7176 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7177 # endif
|
|
|
7178 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7181 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7182 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7183 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7184 {
|
|
|
7185 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7186 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7187 # endif
|
|
|
7188 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7189 }
|
|
|
7190 #endif
|
|
|
7191 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7192 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7193 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7194 {
|
|
|
7195 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7196 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7197 }
|
|
|
7198 #endif
|
|
|
7199 }
|
|
|
7200
|
|
|
7201 /*
|
|
|
7202 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7203 */
|
|
|
7204 static int
|
|
|
7205 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7206 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7207 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7208 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7209 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7210 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7211 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7212 {
|
|
|
7213 int idx;
|
|
|
7214
|
|
|
7215 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7216 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7217 {
|
|
|
7218 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7221 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7222 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7223 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7224 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7225 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7226 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7227 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7228 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7229 }
|
|
|
7230 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7231 }
|
|
|
7232
|
|
|
7233 /*
|
|
|
7234 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7235 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7236 */
|
|
|
7237 char_u *
|
|
|
7238 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7239 {
|
|
|
7240 int id;
|
|
|
7241 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7242
|
|
|
7243 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7244 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7245 {
|
|
|
7246 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7247 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7248 return s;
|
|
|
7249 }
|
|
|
7250 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7251 }
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 /*
|
|
|
7254 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7255 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7256 */
|
|
|
7257 void
|
|
|
7258 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7259 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7260 {
|
|
|
7261 int id;
|
|
|
7262
|
|
|
7263 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7264 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7267 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7268 }
|
|
|
7269 }
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 /*
|
|
|
7272 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7273 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7274 */
|
|
|
7275 void
|
|
|
7276 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7277 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7278 {
|
|
|
7279 int id;
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7282 {
|
|
|
7283 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7284 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7287 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7288 }
|
|
|
7289 }
|
|
|
7290 }
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 /*
|
|
|
7293 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7294 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7295 */
|
|
|
7296 void
|
|
|
7297 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7298 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7299 {
|
|
|
7300 int id;
|
|
|
7301
|
|
|
7302 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7303 {
|
|
|
7304 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7305 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7306 {
|
|
|
7307 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7308 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7309 }
|
|
|
7310 }
|
|
|
7311 }
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 /*
|
|
|
7314 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7315 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7316 */
|
|
|
7317 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7318 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7319 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7322 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7325 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7326 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7327 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7328
|
|
|
7329 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7330 }
|
|
|
7331
|
|
|
7332 /*
|
|
|
7333 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7334 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7335 */
|
|
|
7336 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7337 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7338 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7339 {
|
|
|
7340 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7341 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7344 }
|
|
|
7345
|
|
|
7346 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7347 /*
|
|
|
7348 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7349 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7350 */
|
|
|
7351 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7352 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7353 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7354 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7355 {
|
|
|
7356 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7357 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7358
|
|
|
7359 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7360 }
|
|
|
7361 # endif
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 /*
|
|
|
7364 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7365 */
|
|
|
7366 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7367 static void
|
|
|
7368 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7369 int idx;
|
|
|
7370 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7371 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7372 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7373 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7374 {
|
|
|
7375 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7376 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7377 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7378 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7379 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7380 || do_menu
|
|
|
7381 # endif
|
|
|
7382 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7383 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7384 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7385 # endif
|
|
|
7386 )
|
|
|
7387 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7388 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7389 || do_menu
|
|
|
7390 # endif
|
|
|
7391 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7392 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7393 # endif
|
|
|
7394 );
|
|
|
7395 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7396 {
|
|
|
7397 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7398 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7399 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7400 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7401 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7402 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7403 {
|
|
|
7404 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7405 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7406 # else
|
|
|
7407 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7408 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7409 # endif
|
|
|
7410 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7411 }
|
|
|
7412 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7413 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7416 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7417 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7418 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7419 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7420 */
|
|
|
7421 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7422 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7423 }
|
|
|
7424 # endif
|
|
|
7425 # endif
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427 else
|
|
|
7428 # endif
|
|
|
7429 {
|
|
|
7430 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7431 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7432 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7433 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7434 {
|
|
|
7435 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7436 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7437 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7438 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7439 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7440 {
|
|
|
7441 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7442 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7443 }
|
|
|
7444 # endif
|
|
|
7445 #endif
|
|
|
7446 }
|
|
|
7447 }
|
|
|
7448 }
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7451
|
|
|
7452 /*
|
|
|
7453 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7454 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7455 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7456 */
|
|
298
|
7457 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7458
|
|
|
7459 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7460
|
|
298
|
7461 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7466 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7467
|
|
|
7468 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7469 #endif
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 /*
|
|
|
7472 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7473 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7474 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7475 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7476 */
|
|
|
7477 static int
|
|
|
7478 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7479 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7480 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7481 {
|
|
|
7482 int i;
|
|
359
|
7483 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7484 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 /*
|
|
|
7487 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7488 */
|
|
|
7489 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7490 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7491
|
|
|
7492 /*
|
|
|
7493 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7494 */
|
|
|
7495 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
359
|
7497 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7498 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7499 && (
|
|
|
7500 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7501 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7502 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7503 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7504 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7505 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7506 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7507 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7508 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7509 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7510 # endif
|
|
|
7511 ))
|
|
|
7512 ||
|
|
|
7513 #endif
|
|
|
7514 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7515 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7516 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7517 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7518 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7519 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7520 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7521 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7522 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7523 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7524 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7525 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7526 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7527 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7528 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7529 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7530 ))
|
|
|
7531
|
|
|
7532 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7533 }
|
|
|
7534
|
|
271
|
7535 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7536 {
|
|
|
7537 /*
|
|
|
7538 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7539 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7540 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7541 */
|
|
|
7542 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7543 {
|
|
|
7544 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7545 return 0;
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7548
|
|
359
|
7549 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7550
|
|
7
|
7551 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7554 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7555
|
|
|
7556 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7557 }
|
|
|
7558
|
|
|
7559 /*
|
|
|
7560 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7561 */
|
|
|
7562 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7563 return 0;
|
|
|
7564
|
|
359
|
7565 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7566 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7567 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7568 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7569 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7570 {
|
|
359
|
7571 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7572 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7573 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7574 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7575 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7576 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7577 # endif
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579 #endif
|
|
|
7580 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7581 {
|
|
|
7582 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7583 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7584 else
|
|
359
|
7585 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7586 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7587 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7588 else
|
|
359
|
7589 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7590 }
|
|
|
7591 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7592 {
|
|
359
|
7593 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7594 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7595 }
|
|
|
7596 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7597 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7598 }
|
|
|
7599
|
|
359
|
7600 /*
|
|
|
7601 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7602 */
|
|
|
7603 void
|
|
|
7604 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7605 {
|
|
|
7606 int i;
|
|
|
7607 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7610 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7611 #endif
|
|
|
7612 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7613 {
|
|
|
7614 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7615 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7616 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7617 }
|
|
|
7618 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7619 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7620 }
|
|
|
7621
|
|
221
|
7622 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7623 /*
|
|
348
|
7624 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7625 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7626 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7627 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7628 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7629 * result.
|
|
|
7630 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7631 */
|
|
|
7632 int
|
|
348
|
7633 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7634 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7635 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7636 {
|
|
|
7637 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7638 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7639 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7640
|
|
|
7641 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7642 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7643 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7644 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7645 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7646 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7647 {
|
|
|
7648 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7649 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7650 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7651 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7652 else
|
|
|
7653 {
|
|
|
7654 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7655 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7656 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658
|
|
348
|
7659 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7660 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7661 else
|
|
|
7662 {
|
|
348
|
7663 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7664 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7665 {
|
|
|
7666 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7667 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7668 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7669 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7670 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7671 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7672 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7673 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7674 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7675 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7676 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7677 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7678 # endif
|
|
|
7679 }
|
|
|
7680 }
|
|
|
7681 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7682 }
|
|
|
7683 #endif
|
|
|
7684
|
|
|
7685 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7686 {
|
|
|
7687 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7688 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7689 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7690 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7691 else
|
|
|
7692 {
|
|
|
7693 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7694 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7695 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7696 }
|
|
|
7697
|
|
348
|
7698 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7699 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7700 else
|
|
|
7701 {
|
|
348
|
7702 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7703 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7704 {
|
|
|
7705 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7706 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7707 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7708 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
7709 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7710 }
|
|
|
7711 }
|
|
|
7712 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7713 }
|
|
|
7714
|
|
|
7715 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7716 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
7717 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7718 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
7719 else
|
|
|
7720 {
|
|
|
7721 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
7722 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7723 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
7724 }
|
|
|
7725
|
|
348
|
7726 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7727 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7728 else
|
|
|
7729 {
|
|
348
|
7730 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
7731 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
7732 {
|
|
|
7733 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7734 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
7735 {
|
|
|
7736 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
7737 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
7738 }
|
|
|
7739 }
|
|
|
7740 }
|
|
|
7741 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
7742 }
|
|
|
7743 #endif
|
|
|
7744
|
|
7
|
7745 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7746
|
|
|
7747 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7748 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7749 int attr;
|
|
|
7750 {
|
|
|
7751 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7752 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7753 return NULL;
|
|
|
7754 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7755 }
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7760 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7761 int attr;
|
|
|
7762 {
|
|
|
7763 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7764 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7765 return NULL;
|
|
|
7766 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7767 }
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7770 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7771 int attr;
|
|
|
7772 {
|
|
|
7773 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7774 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7775 return NULL;
|
|
|
7776 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7777 }
|
|
|
7778
|
|
|
7779 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7780 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7781 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7782
|
|
|
7783 static void
|
|
|
7784 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7785 int id;
|
|
|
7786 {
|
|
|
7787 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7788 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7789
|
|
|
7790 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7791
|
|
|
7792 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7793 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7794 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7795 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7796 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7797 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7798
|
|
|
7799 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7800 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7801 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7802 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7803 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7804 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7805
|
|
|
7806 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7807 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7808 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7809 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7810 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7811 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7812 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7813 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
7814 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
7815 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
7816 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7817 #endif
|
|
|
7818
|
|
|
7819 if (sgp->sg_link)
|
|
|
7820 {
|
|
|
7821 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
|
7822 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7823 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7824 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7825 }
|
|
|
7826 }
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 static int
|
|
|
7829 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7830 int id;
|
|
|
7831 int didh;
|
|
|
7832 int type;
|
|
|
7833 int iarg;
|
|
|
7834 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7835 char *name;
|
|
|
7836 {
|
|
|
7837 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7838 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7839 int i;
|
|
|
7840
|
|
|
7841 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7842 {
|
|
|
7843 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7844 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7845 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7846 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7847 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7848 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7849 {
|
|
|
7850 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7851 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7852 {
|
|
|
7853 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7854 {
|
|
|
7855 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7856 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7857 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7858 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7859 }
|
|
|
7860 }
|
|
|
7861 }
|
|
|
7862
|
|
|
7863 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7864 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7865 didh = TRUE;
|
|
|
7866
|
|
|
7867 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7868 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7869 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871 return didh;
|
|
|
7872 }
|
|
|
7873
|
|
|
7874 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7875 /*
|
|
|
7876 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7877 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7878 */
|
|
|
7879 char_u *
|
|
|
7880 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7881 int id;
|
|
|
7882 int flag;
|
|
|
7883 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7884 {
|
|
|
7885 int attr;
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7888 return NULL;
|
|
|
7889
|
|
|
7890 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7891 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7892 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
7893 else
|
|
|
7894 #endif
|
|
|
7895 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7896 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7897 else
|
|
|
7898 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
7899
|
|
|
7900 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
7901 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
7902 return NULL;
|
|
|
7903 }
|
|
|
7904 #endif
|
|
|
7905
|
|
|
7906 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7907 /*
|
|
|
7908 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
7909 */
|
|
|
7910 char_u *
|
|
|
7911 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
7912 int id;
|
|
205
|
7913 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
7914 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7915 {
|
|
|
7916 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
7917 int n;
|
|
205
|
7918 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
7919 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7920 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7921 # endif
|
|
7
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7924 return NULL;
|
|
|
7925
|
|
|
7926 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
7927 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
7928 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7929 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
7930 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7931 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7932 {
|
|
|
7933 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
7934 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
7935 {
|
|
|
7936 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7937 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
7938 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 if (fg)
|
|
|
7941 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
7942 else if (sp)
|
|
|
7943 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
7944 else
|
|
|
7945 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7946 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7947 return NULL;
|
|
|
7948 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7949 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
7950 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
7951 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
7952 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
7953 return buf;
|
|
|
7954 }
|
|
|
7955 if (fg)
|
|
|
7956 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
7957 if (sp)
|
|
|
7958 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
7959 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7960 }
|
|
205
|
7961 # endif
|
|
7
|
7962 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7963 {
|
|
|
7964 if (fg)
|
|
|
7965 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
7966 else
|
|
|
7967 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
7968 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
7969 return name;
|
|
|
7970 }
|
|
|
7971 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
7972 return NULL;
|
|
|
7973 }
|
|
|
7974 #endif
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
7977 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7978 /*
|
|
|
7979 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
7980 */
|
|
|
7981 long_u
|
|
|
7982 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
7983 int id;
|
|
|
7984 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
7985 {
|
|
|
7986 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7987
|
|
|
7988 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7989 return 0L;
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 if (fg)
|
|
|
7992 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7993 else
|
|
|
7994 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7995
|
|
|
7996 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7997 return 0L;
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8000 }
|
|
|
8001 #endif
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 /*
|
|
|
8004 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8005 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8006 */
|
|
|
8007 static int
|
|
|
8008 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8009 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8010 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8011 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8012 {
|
|
|
8013 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8014 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8017 {
|
|
|
8018 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
8019 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8020 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8021 }
|
|
|
8022 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
|
8023 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
8024 else
|
|
|
8025 {
|
|
|
8026 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8027 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8028 }
|
|
|
8029
|
|
|
8030 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8031 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8032 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8033 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8036
|
|
|
8037 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8038 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8039 {
|
|
|
8040 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8041 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8042 }
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 return newline;
|
|
|
8045 }
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 /*
|
|
|
8048 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8049 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8050 */
|
|
|
8051 static void
|
|
|
8052 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8053 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8054 {
|
|
|
8055 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8056 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8059 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8060 return;
|
|
|
8061
|
|
|
8062 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8063 /*
|
|
|
8064 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8065 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8066 */
|
|
|
8067 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8068 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8069 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8070 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8071 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8072 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8073 # endif
|
|
|
8074 )
|
|
|
8075 {
|
|
|
8076 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8077 }
|
|
|
8078 else
|
|
|
8079 {
|
|
|
8080 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8081 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8082 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8083 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8084 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8085 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8086 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8087 # endif
|
|
|
8088 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8089 }
|
|
|
8090 #endif
|
|
|
8091 /*
|
|
|
8092 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8093 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8094 */
|
|
|
8095 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8096 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8097 else
|
|
|
8098 {
|
|
|
8099 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8100 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8101 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8102 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8103 }
|
|
|
8104
|
|
|
8105 /*
|
|
|
8106 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8107 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8108 */
|
|
|
8109 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8110 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8111 else
|
|
|
8112 {
|
|
|
8113 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8114 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8115 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8116 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8117 }
|
|
|
8118 }
|
|
|
8119
|
|
|
8120 /*
|
|
|
8121 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8122 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8123 */
|
|
|
8124 int
|
|
|
8125 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8126 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8127 {
|
|
|
8128 int i;
|
|
|
8129 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8130
|
|
|
8131 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8132 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8133 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
|
8134 STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
|
8135 name_u[199] = NUL;
|
|
|
8136 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8137 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8138 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8139 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8140 break;
|
|
|
8141 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8142 }
|
|
|
8143
|
|
|
8144 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8145 /*
|
|
|
8146 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8147 */
|
|
|
8148 int
|
|
|
8149 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8150 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8151 {
|
|
|
8152 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8153 }
|
|
|
8154 #endif
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 /*
|
|
|
8157 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8158 */
|
|
|
8159 int
|
|
|
8160 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8161 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8162 int len;
|
|
|
8163 {
|
|
|
8164 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8165 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8166
|
|
|
8167 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8168 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8169 {
|
|
|
8170 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8171 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8172 }
|
|
|
8173 return id;
|
|
|
8174 }
|
|
|
8175
|
|
|
8176 /*
|
|
|
8177 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8178 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8179 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8180 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8181 */
|
|
|
8182 int
|
|
|
8183 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8184 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8185 int len;
|
|
|
8186 {
|
|
|
8187 int id;
|
|
|
8188 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8189
|
|
|
8190 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8191 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8192 return 0;
|
|
|
8193
|
|
|
8194 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8195 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8196 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8197 else
|
|
|
8198 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8199 return id;
|
|
|
8200 }
|
|
|
8201
|
|
|
8202 /*
|
|
|
8203 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8204 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8205 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8206 */
|
|
|
8207 static int
|
|
|
8208 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8209 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8210 {
|
|
|
8211 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8212
|
|
|
8213 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8214 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8215 {
|
|
|
8216 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8217 {
|
|
|
8218 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8219 return 0;
|
|
|
8220 }
|
|
|
8221 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8222 {
|
|
|
8223 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8224 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8225 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8226 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8227 break;
|
|
|
8228 }
|
|
|
8229 }
|
|
|
8230
|
|
|
8231 /*
|
|
|
8232 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8233 */
|
|
|
8234 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8235 {
|
|
|
8236 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8237 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8238 }
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 /*
|
|
|
8241 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8242 */
|
|
|
8243 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8244 {
|
|
|
8245 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8246 return 0;
|
|
|
8247 }
|
|
|
8248
|
|
|
8249 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8250 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8251 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8252 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8253 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8254 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8255 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8256 #endif
|
|
|
8257 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8258
|
|
|
8259 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8260 }
|
|
|
8261
|
|
|
8262 /*
|
|
|
8263 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8264 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8265 */
|
|
|
8266 static void
|
|
|
8267 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8268 {
|
|
|
8269 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8270 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8271 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8272 }
|
|
|
8273
|
|
|
8274 /*
|
|
|
8275 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8276 */
|
|
|
8277 int
|
|
|
8278 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8279 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8280 {
|
|
|
8281 int attr;
|
|
|
8282 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8283
|
|
|
8284 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8285 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8286
|
|
|
8287 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8288 /*
|
|
|
8289 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8290 */
|
|
|
8291 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8292 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8293 else
|
|
|
8294 #endif
|
|
|
8295 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8296 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8297 else
|
|
|
8298 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8299
|
|
|
8300 return attr;
|
|
|
8301 }
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8304 /*
|
|
|
8305 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8306 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8307 */
|
|
|
8308 int
|
|
|
8309 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8310 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8311 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8312 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8313 {
|
|
|
8314 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8317 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8320 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8321 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8322 }
|
|
|
8323 #endif
|
|
|
8324
|
|
|
8325 /*
|
|
|
8326 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8327 */
|
|
|
8328 int
|
|
|
8329 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8330 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8331 {
|
|
|
8332 int count;
|
|
|
8333 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8336 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 /*
|
|
|
8339 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8340 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8341 */
|
|
|
8342 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8343 {
|
|
|
8344 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8345 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8346 break;
|
|
|
8347 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8348 }
|
|
|
8349
|
|
|
8350 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8351 }
|
|
|
8352
|
|
|
8353 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8354 /*
|
|
|
8355 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8356 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8357 */
|
|
|
8358 void
|
|
|
8359 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8360 {
|
|
|
8361 int idx;
|
|
|
8362
|
|
|
8363 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8364 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8365
|
|
|
8366 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8367 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8368
|
|
|
8369 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8370 }
|
|
|
8371
|
|
|
8372 static void
|
|
|
8373 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8374 int idx;
|
|
|
8375 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8376 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8377 {
|
|
|
8378 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8379
|
|
|
8380 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8381 {
|
|
|
8382 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8383 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8384 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8385 }
|
|
|
8386 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8387 {
|
|
|
8388 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8389 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8390 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8391 }
|
|
|
8392 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8393 {
|
|
|
8394 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8395 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8396 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8397 }
|
|
205
|
8398 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8399 {
|
|
|
8400 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8401 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8402 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8403 }
|
|
7
|
8404 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8405 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8406 }
|
|
|
8407
|
|
|
8408 #endif
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 /*
|
|
|
8411 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8412 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8413 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8414 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8415 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8416 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8417 */
|
|
|
8418 int
|
|
|
8419 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8420 {
|
|
|
8421 int hlf;
|
|
|
8422 int i;
|
|
|
8423 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8424 int attr;
|
|
|
8425 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8426 int id;
|
|
|
8427 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8428 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8429 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8430 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8431 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8432 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8433 # endif
|
|
|
8434 #endif
|
|
|
8435 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8436
|
|
|
8437 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 /*
|
|
|
8440 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8441 */
|
|
|
8442 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8443 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8444
|
|
|
8445 /*
|
|
|
8446 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8447 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8448 */
|
|
|
8449 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8450 {
|
|
|
8451 if (i)
|
|
|
8452 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8453 else
|
|
|
8454 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8455 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8456 continue;
|
|
|
8457
|
|
|
8458 while (*p)
|
|
|
8459 {
|
|
|
8460 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8461 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8462 break;
|
|
|
8463 ++p;
|
|
|
8464 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8465 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8466
|
|
|
8467 /*
|
|
|
8468 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8469 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8470 */
|
|
|
8471 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8472 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8473 {
|
|
|
8474 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8475 continue;
|
|
|
8476
|
|
|
8477 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8478 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8481 {
|
|
|
8482 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8483 break;
|
|
|
8484 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8485 break;
|
|
|
8486 case '-':
|
|
|
8487 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8488 break;
|
|
|
8489 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8490 break;
|
|
|
8491 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8492 break;
|
|
|
8493 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8494 break;
|
|
205
|
8495 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8496 break;
|
|
7
|
8497 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8498 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8499 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8500 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8501 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8502 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8503 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8504 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8505 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8506 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8507 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8508 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8509 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8510 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8511 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8512 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8513 #endif
|
|
|
8514 break;
|
|
|
8515 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8516 }
|
|
|
8517 }
|
|
|
8518 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8519
|
|
|
8520 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8521 }
|
|
|
8522 }
|
|
|
8523
|
|
|
8524 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8525 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8526 *
|
|
|
8527 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8528 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8529 */
|
|
|
8530 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8531 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8532 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8533 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8534 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8535 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8536 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8537 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8538 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8539 }
|
|
|
8540 # endif
|
|
|
8541 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8542 {
|
|
|
8543 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8544 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8545 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8546 {
|
|
|
8547 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8548 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8549 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8550 # endif
|
|
|
8551 }
|
|
|
8552 else
|
|
|
8553 {
|
|
|
8554 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8555 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8556 # endif
|
|
|
8557
|
|
|
8558 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8559 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8560 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8561 {
|
|
|
8562 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8563 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8564 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8565 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8566 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8567 # endif
|
|
|
8568 }
|
|
|
8569 else
|
|
|
8570 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8571 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8572 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8573 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8574
|
|
|
8575 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8576 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8577 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8578 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8579 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8580 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8581 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8582 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8583 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8584 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8585 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8586 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8587 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8588 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8589 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8590 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8591 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8592 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8593 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8594 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8595 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
8596 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8597 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8598 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8599 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8600 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8601 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8602 # endif
|
|
|
8603 # endif
|
|
|
8604 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8605 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8606 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8607 # endif
|
|
|
8608 }
|
|
|
8609 }
|
|
|
8610 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8611 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8612 # endif
|
|
|
8613
|
|
|
8614 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8615
|
|
|
8616 return OK;
|
|
|
8617 }
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8620
|
|
|
8621 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8622 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8623
|
|
|
8624 /*
|
|
|
8625 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8626 */
|
|
|
8627 void
|
|
|
8628 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8629 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8630 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8631 {
|
|
|
8632 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8633
|
|
|
8634 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8635 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8636 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8637 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8638 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8639
|
|
|
8640 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8641 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8642 {
|
|
|
8643 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8644 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8645 {
|
|
|
8646 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8647 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8648 {
|
|
|
8649 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8650 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8651 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8652 }
|
|
|
8653 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8654 {
|
|
|
8655 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8656 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8657 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8658 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8659 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8660 {
|
|
|
8661 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8662 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8663 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8664 {
|
|
|
8665 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8666 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8667 }
|
|
|
8668 }
|
|
|
8669 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8670 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8671 }
|
|
|
8672 }
|
|
|
8673 }
|
|
|
8674 }
|
|
|
8675
|
|
|
8676 /*
|
|
|
8677 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8678 */
|
|
|
8679 static void
|
|
|
8680 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8681 {
|
|
|
8682 int i;
|
|
|
8683
|
|
|
8684 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8685 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8686 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8687 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8688 }
|
|
|
8689
|
|
|
8690 static void
|
|
|
8691 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8692 int cnt;
|
|
|
8693 int attr;
|
|
|
8694 {
|
|
|
8695 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8696 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8697 out_flush();
|
|
|
8698 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8699 }
|
|
|
8700
|
|
|
8701 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8702
|
|
|
8703 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8704 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8705 /*
|
|
|
8706 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8707 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8708 */
|
|
|
8709 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8710 char_u *
|
|
|
8711 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8712 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8713 int idx;
|
|
|
8714 {
|
|
|
8715 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8716 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8717 && include_link
|
|
|
8718 #endif
|
|
|
8719 )
|
|
|
8720 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8721 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8722 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8723 && include_link
|
|
|
8724 #endif
|
|
|
8725 )
|
|
|
8726 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8727 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8728 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8729 && include_default
|
|
|
8730 #endif
|
|
|
8731 )
|
|
|
8732 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8733 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8734 return NULL;
|
|
|
8735 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8736 }
|
|
|
8737 #endif
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8740 /*
|
|
|
8741 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8742 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8743 */
|
|
|
8744 void
|
|
|
8745 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8746 {
|
|
|
8747 int idx;
|
|
|
8748
|
|
|
8749 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8750 {
|
|
|
8751 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8752 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8753 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8754 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8755 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8756 # endif
|
|
|
8757 }
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8760 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8761 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8762 # endif
|
|
|
8763 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8764 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8765 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8766 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8767 # endif
|
|
|
8768 }
|
|
|
8769 #endif
|
|
|
8770
|
|
|
8771 /**************************************
|
|
|
8772 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8773 **************************************/
|
